Virtual Private LAN Service
This chapter provides information about Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS), process overview, and implementation notes.
VPLS service overview
Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) is a class of virtual private network service that allows the connection of multiple sites in a single bridged domain over a provider-managed IP/MPLS network. The customer sites in a VPLS instance appear to be on the same LAN, regardless of their location. VPLS uses an Ethernet interface on the customer-facing (access) side that simplifies the LAN/WAN boundary and allows for rapid and flexible service provisioning. The 7210 SAS supports provisioning of access or uplink spokes to connect to the provider edge (PE) IP/MPLS routers.
VPLS provides a balance between point-to-point Frame Relay service and outsourced routed services (VPRN). VPLS enables customers to maintain control of their own routing strategies. All customer routers in the VPLS service are part of the same subnet (LAN), which simplifies the IP addressing plan, especially when compared to a mesh constructed from many separate point-to-point connections. VPLS service management is simplified because the service is not aware of, nor participates in, the IP addressing and routing.
A VPLS service provides connectivity between two or more SAPs on one (which is considered a local service) or more (which is considered a distributed service) service routers. The connection appears to be a bridged domain to the customer sites, so protocols, including routing protocols, can traverse the VPLS service.
Other VPLS advantages include the following:
VPLS is a transparent, protocol-independent service.
There is no Layer 2 protocol conversion between LAN and WAN technologies.
There is no need to design, manage, configure, and maintain separate WAN access equipment, which eliminates the need to train personnel on WAN technologies, such as Frame Relay.
VPLS packet walk-through in network mode
This section provides an example of VPLS processing of a customer packet sent across the network from site-A, which is connected to PE-Router-A through a 7210 SAS to site-C, which is connected through 7210 SAS to PE-Router-C (shown in the following figure) in an H-VPLS configuration. This section does not describe the processing on the PE routers, but only on 7210 SAS routers.
7210-A (shown in the following figure)
Service packets arriving at 7210-A are associated with a VPLS service instance based on the combination of the physical port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag (VLAN-ID) in the packet.
7210-A learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to the service access point (SAP) on which it was received.
The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the VPLS instance. There are two possibilities: either the destination MAC address has already been learned (known MAC address), or the destination MAC address is not yet learned (unknown MAC address).
For a Known MAC Address (shown in the following figure):
If the destination MAC address has already been learned by 7210, an existing entry in the FIB table identifies the far-end PE-Router and the service VC-label (inner label) to be used before sending the packet to PE-Router-A.
The customer packet is sent on this LSP when the IEEE 802.1Q tag is stripped and the service VC-label (inner label) and the transport label (outer label) are added to the packet.
For an Unknown MAC Address (shown in the following figure):
If the destination MAC address has not been learned, 7210 floods the packet to spoke-SDPs that are participating in the service.
Core Router Switching
The PE router encapsulates this packet in an MPLS header and transports it across the core network to the remote 7210-C.
7210-C (Access port ingress packet format and lookup)
7210-C associates the packet with the VPLS instance based on the VC label in the received packet after the stripping of the tunnel label.
7210-C learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to the spoke-SDP on which the packet was received.
The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the VPLS instance. Again, there are two possibilities: either the destination MAC address has already been learned (known MAC address), or the destination MAC address has not been learned on the access side of 7210-C (unknown MAC address).
If the destination MAC address has been learned by 7210-C, an existing entry in the FIB table identifies the local access port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag (if any) to be added before sending the packet to customer Location-C. The egress Q tag may be different from the ingress Q tag.
If the destination MAC address has not been learned, 7210 floods the packet to all the access SAPs that are participating in the service.
VPLS packet walk-through in access-uplink mode
This section provides an example of VPLS processing of a customer packet sent across the network from site-A, which is connected to PE-Router-A through a 7210 SAS to site-C, which is connected through 7210 SAS to PE-Router-C (VPLS service architecture) in an H-VPLS configuration. This section does not describe the processing on the PE routers but only on 7210 SAS routers:
7210-A (shown in the following figure)
Service packets arriving at 7210-A are associated with a VPLS service instance based on the combination of the physical port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag (VLAN-ID) in the packet.
7210-A learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to the service access point (SAP) on which it was received.
The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the VPLS instance. There are two possibilities: either the destination MAC address has already been learned (known MAC address) or the destination MAC address is not yet learned (unknown MAC address).
For a Known MAC Address (Network port egress packet format and flooding ):
If the destination MAC address has already been learned by 7210, an existing entry in the FIB table identifies destination uplink QinQ SAP to be used for sending the packet toward the PE-Router-A.
The customer packet is sent on this uplink SAP when the IEEE 802.1Q tag is stripped and the uplink SAP tag is added to the packet.
For an Unknown MAC Address (shown in the following figure):
If the destination MAC address has not been learned, 7210 will flood the packet to all the uplink SAP spoke-SDPs that are participating in the service.
Core Router Switching
The PE router will encapsulate this packet in the appropriate MPLS header and transport it across the core network to the remote 7210-C.
7210-C (Access port ingress packet format and lookup)
7210-C associates the packet with the VPLS instance based on the VLAN tags in the received packet.
7210-C learns the source MAC address in the packet and creates an entry in the FIB table that associates the MAC address to the access-uplink port on which the packet was received.
The destination MAC address in the packet is looked up in the FIB table for the VPLS instance. Again, there are two possibilities: either the destination MAC address has already been learned (known MAC address) or the destination MAC address has not been learned on the access side of 7210-C (unknown MAC address).
If the destination MAC address has been learned by 7210-C, an existing entry in the FIB table identifies the local access port and the IEEE 802.1Q tag (if any) to be added before sending the packet to customer Location-C. The egress Q tag may be different from the ingress Q tag.
If the destination MAC address has not been learned, 7210 floods the packet to all the access SAPs that are participating in the service.
VPLS features
VPLS enhancements
The Nokia VPLS implementation includes several enhancements beyond basic VPN connectivity. The following VPLS features can be configured individually for each VPLS service instance:
extensive MAC and IP filter support (up to Layer 4). Filters can be applied on a per-SAP basis.
Forwarding Information Base (FIB) management features including:
configurable FIB size limit
FIB size alarms
MAC learning disable
discard unknown
separate aging timers for locally and remotely learned MAC addresses
ingress rate limiting for broadcast, multicast, and destination unknown flooding on a per-SAP basis
implementation of Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) parameters on a per-VPLS, per-SAP, and per-spoke-SDP basis
optional SAP and spoke-SDP redundancy to protect against node failure
IGMP snooping on a per-SAP and SDP basis
VPLS over MPLS in network operating mode
The VPLS architecture proposed in draft-ietf-ppvpn-vpls-ldp-0x.txt specifies the use of provider equipment (PE) that is capable of learning, bridging, and replication on a per-VPLS basis. The PE routers that participate in the service are connected using MPLS Label Switched Path (LSP) tunnels in a full-mesh composed of mesh SDPs or based on an LSP hierarchy (Hierarchical VPLS (H-VPLS)) composed of mesh SDPs and spoke-SDPs. The 7210 SAS supports only H-VPLS.
Multiple VPLS services can be offered over the same set of LSP tunnels. Signaling specified in RFC 4905 is used to negotiate a set of ingress and egress VC labels on a per-service basis. The VC labels are used by the PE routers for de-multiplexing traffic arriving from different VPLS services over the same set of LSP tunnels.
VPLS/H-VPLS is provided over MPLS by:
connecting 7210 SAS to bridging-capable PE routers through a mesh/spoke-SDP. The PE routers are connected using a full mesh of LSPs.
negotiating per-service VC labels using draft-Martini encapsulation
replicating unknown and broadcast traffic in a service domain
enabling MAC learning over tunnel and access ports (see VPLS MAC learning and packet forwarding)
using a separate FIB per VPLS service
VPLS over QinQ spokes for 7210 SAS devices configured in access-uplink operating mode
7210 SAS devices configured in access-uplink operating mode support QinQ spokes or dot1q spokes, which allows them to connect to upstream PE nodes which provides IP/MPLS transport.
VPLS is provided over QinQ/Dot1q spokes by:
connecting bridging-capable 7210 SAS devices
replicating unknown and broadcast traffic in a service domain
enabling MAC learning over QinQ/Dot1q spokes and access ports (see VPLS MAC learning and packet forwarding)
using a separate FIB per VPLS service
VPLS MAC learning and packet forwarding
The 7210 SAS edge devices perform the packet replication required for broadcast and multicast traffic across the bridged domain. MAC address learning is performed by the 7210 SAS device to reduce the amount of unknown destination MAC address flooding.
Each 7210 SAS maintains a Forwarding Information Base (FIB) for each VPLS service instance, and learned MAC addresses are populated in the FIB table of the service. All traffic is switched based on MAC addresses and forwarded between all participating nodes using the LSP tunnels unknown destination packets (for example, the destination MAC address has not been learned) are forwarded on all LSPs to all participating nodes for that service until the target station responds and the MAC address is learned by the 7210 SAS associated with that service.
IGMP snooping in a VPLS service
IGMP snooping is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This section provides information about IGMP snooping support in a VPLS service. It does not apply to R-VPLS services. IGMP snooping can also be enabled for R-VPLS services. See R-VPLS and IGMPv3 snooping for more information.
In Layer 2 switches, multicast traffic is treated as an unknown MAC address or broadcast frame, which causes the incoming frame to be flooded out (broadcast) on every port within a VLAN. Although this is acceptable behavior for unknown and broadcast frames, this flooded multicast traffic may result in wasted bandwidth on network segments and end stations because IP multicast hosts can join and be interested in only specific multicast groups.
IGMP snooping uses information in Layer 3 protocol headers of multicast control messages to determine the processing at Layer 2. By doing so, an IGMP snooping switch provides the benefit of conserving bandwidth on those segments of the network in which no node has expressed interest in receiving packets addressed to the group address.
References to SDP in the following section about IGMP snooping are applicable only to 7210 SAS platforms operating in network mode.
IGMP snooping can be enabled in the context of VPLS services. The IGMP snooping optimizes the multicast data flow to only those SAPs or SDPs that are members of the group. The system builds a database of group members for each service by listening to IGMP queries and reports from each SAP or SDP, as follows:
When the switch receives an IGMP report from a host for a particular multicast group, the switch adds the host port number to the forwarding table entry.
When the switch receives an IGMP leave message from a host, it removes the host port from the table entry, if no other group members are present. It also deletes entries if it does not receive periodic IGMP membership reports from the multicast clients.
The following is a list of supported IGMP snooping features:
IGMPv1, IGMPv2, and IGMPv3 are supported in accordance with RFC 1112, Host Extensions for IP Multicasting, and RFC 2236, Internet Group Management Protocol, Version 2:
The 7210 SAS-T configured in the access-uplink operating mode supports IGMPv1, IGMPv2, and IGMPv3 snooping in a VPLS service.
All 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those configured in the access-uplink operating mode, support only IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 snooping in a VPLS service.
IGMP snooping can be enabled and disabled on individual VPLS service instances.
IGMP snooping can be configured on individual SAPs that are part of a VPLS service. When IGMP snooping is enabled on a VPLS service, all its contained SAPs and SDPs automatically have snooping enabled.
Fast leave terminates the multicast session immediately, instead of using the standard group-specific query to check if other group members are present on the network.
SAPs and SDPs can be statically configured as multicast router ports. This allows the operator to control the set of ports to which IGMP membership reports are forwarded.
Static multicast group membership on a per-SAP and a per-SDP basis can be configured.
The maximum number of multicast groups (static and dynamic) that a SAP or SDP can join can be configured. An event is generated when the limit is reached.
The maximum number of multicast groups (static and dynamic) that a VPLS instance simultaneously supports can be configured.
Proxy summarization of IGMP messages reduces the number of IGMP messages processed by upstream devices in the network.
IGMP filtering allows a subscriber to a service or the provider to block, receive, or transmit permission (or both) to individual hosts or a range of hosts. The following types of filters can be defined:
Filter group membership that reports from a particular host or range of hosts. This filtering is performed by importing a defined routing policy into the SAP or SDP.
Filters that prevent a host from transmitting multicast streams into the network. The operator can define a data-plane filter (ACL) that drops all multicast traffic and apply this filter to a SAP or SDP.
Configuration guidelines for IGMP snooping in VPLS service
The following IGMP snooping considerations apply:
Layer-2 multicast is supported in VPLS services.
IGMP snooping is not supported for VCs (vc-ether or vc-vlan) with control-word enabled.
IGMP snooping fast leave processing can be enabled only on SAPs and SDPs. IGMP snooping proxy summarization is enabled by default on SAPS and SDPs and cannot be disabled. Proxy summarization and fast leave processing are supported only on SDPs for which VCs are configured to use vc-type ether and do not have control-word enabled.
IGMP filtering using policies is available on SAPs and SDPs. It is supported only on SDPs for which VCs are configured to use vc-type ether and do not have control-word enabled.
Dynamic learning is only supported on SDPs for which VCs are configured to use vc-type ether and do not have control-word enabled.
SDPs that are configured to use VCs of type vc-vlan that need to be mrouter ports must be configured statically. Multicast group memberships for such SDPs must be configured statically. Dynamic learning is not available for these SDPs.
IGMP snooping is not supported for control-word enabled SDP.
All 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those configured in the access-uplink operating mode, support only IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 snooping in a VPLS service. These platforms do not support IGMPv3 snooping in a VPLS service.
All 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those configured in the access-uplink operating mode, support IGMPv3 in an R-VPLS service only. See R-VPLS and IGMPv3 snooping for more information.
DHCPv4 snooping
To support a DHCP-based address assignment in a Layer 2 aggregation network, the 7210 SAS supports DHCPv4 snooping. The 7210 SAS can copy packets designated to the standard UDP port for DHCP (port 67) to its control plane for inspection, this process is called DHCPv4 snooping.
DHCPv4 snooping can be performed in two directions:
-
From the client to the DHCP server (Discover or Request messages) to insert Option 82 information. For these applications, DHCPv4 snooping must be enabled on the SAP toward the subscriber.
-
From the DHCP server (ACK messages), to remove the Option 82 field toward the client. For these applications, DHCPv4 snooping must be enabled on both the SAP toward the network and the SAP toward the subscriber.
DHCPv6 snooping
The 7210 SAS supports DHCPv6 snooping, as described in RFC 6221, Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent. DHCPv6 snooping allows the user to enable the Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent (LDRA) in a VPLS service.
An LDRA allows relay agent information to be inserted by an 7210 SAS access node that performs a link-layer bridging function. An LDRA resides on the same IPv6 link as the client and a DHCPv6 relay agent or DHCPv6 server, and is similar in function to the DHCPv4 snooping function. DHCPv6 snooping allows relay agent information, including the interface ID option, to be inserted by the access node so that it can be used by the DHCPv6 server for client identification. It also allows for insertion of the remote ID option, allowing the DHCPv6 server to know where the client is attached to the network and if the location is trusted.
-
From the client to the DHCPv6 server/relay (for example, Discover or Request messages) to insert relay agent information. For these applications, DHCP snooping must be enabled on the SAP (using the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop command) toward the subscriber.
-
From the DHCPv6 server or relay (for example, ACK messages) to remove the relay agent information toward the client. For these applications, DHCPv6 snooping must be enabled on both the SAP toward the network (using the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop command), the SDP binding toward the network (using the config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>snoop or config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snoop command), and the SAP toward the subscriber (using the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop command).
Note: On the 7210 SAS, DHCPv6 snooping on SDP bindings is only supported for spoke SDPs and mesh SDPs in TLDP VPLS services.
In the following figure, the 7210 SAS is used as an access aggregation device to aggregate business CPE for enterprise services, Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexers (DSLAMs), and Optical Line Terminations (OLTs) for residential broadband services that use Layer 2 VPLS services.
Operators need a mechanism to identify the DHCPv6 messages received on their customer-facing ports so that the appropriate IPv6 address and parameters can be provided by the DHCPv6 server. In a Layer 2 network, this is achieved by using DHCPv6 snooping to insert option-18 and option-37 (relay agent information options) in the DHCPv6 messages received from customer-facing ports before being forwarded toward the DHCPv6 server or relay.
Client and network-facing service objects
DHCPv6 snooping enables users to identify client and network-facing service objects, in accordance with RFC 6221. Use the following commands to specify if the service object is client-facing, network-facing, or both:
- config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop [client-facing | network-facing | both]
- config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp6>snoop [network-facing]
- config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp6>snoop [network-facing]
To support ring deployments, which employs a ring protection mechanism and the forwarding state of the ring port can change dynamically, a configured service object (for example, a SAP or SDP binding) on a ring port can be client-facing or network-facing depending on the forwarding state of the ring port. To support this scenario, the both option is provided. When the both option is configured, the processing rules that apply to both client-facing and network-facing service objects are applied.
On the 7210 SAS, SAPs in a VPLS service are configured as client-facing (customer-facing ports) by default. In other words, all SAPs with DHCPv6 snooping enabled are client facing. The option to configure the SAP as network-facing or both is supported; for example, access ports facing the core as a Layer 2 switch with a high SAP scale mode may need to be configured as network-facing or both.
SDP bindings that are explicitly configured for DHCPv6 snooping are network-facing ports by default.
In accordance with RFC 6221, the 7210 SAS does not forward a DHCPv6 relay-forward message out of client-facing service objects. The message is only forwarded out of network-facing service objects or objects configured as both.
- a link-local scoped source address
- a link-local scoped destination address
- protocol type UDP
- destination port 547
DHCPv6 snooping inspects the DHCP message type and only forwards the relay-reply message. The other DHCP message types are silently discarded.
The 7210 SAS processes the DHCPv6 client messages received on client-facing interfaces when DHCPv6 snooping is enabled on the SAP or SDP binding and the client-facing option is configured.
- destination IP address is set to "All_DHCP_Relay_Agents_and_Servers (ff02::1:2)"
- protocol type UDP
- destination port 547
When snooping is enabled, all DHCPv6 messages that match the preceding criteria are trapped to the CPU. Only the DHCPv6 client messages are processed further; other messages are silently dropped.
Trusted and untrusted service objects
The 7210 SAS provides the option to configure a service object, which is configured as client-facing or both, as trusted or untrusted with the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6> [no] trusted command.
Use the trusted command to process and forward a relay-forward message received on a client-facing service object (when DHCPv6 snooping is enabled).
Use the no trusted command to disable processing and forwarding of relay-forward message received on a client-facing service object (when DHCPv6 snooping is enabled).
DHCPv6 relay agent options
The 7210 SAS provides an option to add option-18 (interface ID option) and option-37 (relay agent remote ID option).
To configure option-18, use the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>option> [no] interface-id command . To configure option-37, use the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>option> [no] remote-id command.
The interface-id option is added to relay-forward messages when DHCPv6 snooping is enabled on client-facing service objects.
The remote-id command is optional and only added to relay-forward messages if configured by the user. Configure the no remote-id option to disable the addition of this option. IANA Enterprise-numbers.txt specifies the Nokia Enterprise ID value to use with the DHCPv6 remote-id option.
DHCPv6 snooping QoS considerations
DHCPv6 messages processed by the node are rate-controlled toward the CPU. A Self-Generated Traffic (SGT) QoS configuration is not supported for DHCPv6 messages. However, in most scenarios the incoming packet markings is used to determine the ingress FC and color (if applicable) and the FC is used for forwarding it out of the appropriate queue on the egress with the appropriate packet header markings (depending on the egress object that packet is forwarded out of - dot1p, IP DSCP, and MPLS EXP field in the packet is updated).
On the 7210 SAS-Mxp, when SAP egress queues are enabled, CPU-generated and forwarded packets are sent out using default port queues.
Multicast VLAN Registration (MVR) support in VPLS service
Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) is a bandwidth optimization method for multicast in a broadband services network. MVR allows a subscriber on a port to subscribe and unsubscribe to a multicast stream on one or more network-wide multicast VPLS instances.
MVR assumes that subscribers join and leave multicast streams by sending IGMP join and leave messages. The IGMP leave and join message are sent inside the VPLS to which the subscriber port is assigned. The multicast VPLS is shared in the network while the subscribers remain in separate VPLS services. Using MVR, users on different VPLS cannot exchange information between them but still multicast services are provided.
On the MVR VPLS, IGMP snooping must be enabled. On the user VPLS, IGMP snooping and MVR work independently. If IGMP snooping and MVR are both enabled, MVR reacts only to join and leave messages from multicast groups configured under MVR. Join and leave messages from all other multicast groups are managed by IGMP snooping in the local VPLS. This way, potentially several MVR VPLS instances could be configured, each with its own set of multicast channels.
MVR by proxy — In some situations, the multicast traffic should not be copied from the MVR VPLS to the SAP on which the IGMP message was received (standard MVR behavior) but to another SAP. This is called MVR by proxy, shown in the following figure.
Configuration guidelines for MVR in VPLS services
In an MVR configuration, the svc-sap-type of the VPLS service that is the source (also known as MVR VPLS service) and the svc-sap-type of the VPLS service that is the sink (also known as user VPLS service) should match.
Layer 2 forwarding table management
The following sections describe VPLS features related to management of the FIB.
FIB size
The following MAC table management features are required for each instance of a SAP or spoke-SDP within a particular VPLS service instance:
MAC FIB size limits
Allows users to specify the maximum number of MAC FIB entries that are learned locally for a SAP or remotely for a spoke-SDP. If the configured limit is reached, no new addresses will be learned from the SAP or spoke-SDP until at least one FIB entry is aged out or cleared, as follows:
When the limit is reached on a SAP or spoke-SDP, packets with unknown source MAC addresses are still forwarded (this default behavior can be changed by configuration). By default, if the destination MAC address is known, it is forwarded based on the FIB, and if the destination MAC address is unknown, it will be flooded. Alternatively, if discard unknown is enabled at the VPLS service level, unknown destination MAC addresses are discarded.
The log event SAP MAC limit reached is generated when the limit is reached. When the condition is cleared, the log event SAP MAC Limit Reached Condition Cleared is generated.
Disable learning at the VPLS service level allows users to disable the dynamic learning function on the service. Disable Learning is supported at the SAP and spoke-SDP level as well.
Disable aging allows users to turn off aging for learned MAC addresses. It is supported at the VPLS service level, SAP level and spoke-SDP level.
FIB size alarms
The size of the VPLS FIB can be configured with a low watermark and a high watermark, expressed as a percentage of the total FIB size limit. If the actual FIB size grows above the configured high watermark percentage, an alarm is generated. If the FIB size falls below the configured low watermark percentage, the alarm is cleared by the system.
Local and remote aging timers
Like a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs within a VPLS instance can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a specified period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for locally learned MAC and remotely learned MAC entries in the FIB. A local MAC address is a MAC address associated with a SAP because it ingressed on a SAP. A remote MAC address is a MAC address received by an SDP from another router for the VPLS instance. The local-age timer for the VPLS instance specifies the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses, and the remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses.
In general, the remote-age timer is set to a longer period than the local-age timer to reduce the amount of flooding required for destination unknown MAC addresses. The aging mechanism is considered a low priority process. In most situations, the aging out of MAC addresses can happen within tens of seconds beyond the age time. To minimize overhead, local MAC addresses on a LAG port and remote MAC addresses, in some circumstances, can take up to two times their respective age timer to be aged out.
Disable MAC aging
The MAC aging timers can be disabled, which prevents learned MAC entries from being aged out of the FIB. When aging is disabled, it is still possible to manually delete or flush learned MAC entries. Aging can be disabled for learned MAC addresses on a SAP or a spoke-SDP of a VPLS service instance.
Disable MAC learning
When MAC learning is disabled for a service, new source MAC addresses are not entered in the VPLS FIB. MAC learning can be disabled for individual SAPs or spoke-SDPs.
Unknown MAC discard
Unknown MAC discard is a feature that discards all packets ingressing the service where the destination MAC address is not in the FIB. The normal behavior is to flood these packets to all end points in the service.
Unknown MAC discard can be used with the disable MAC learning and disable MAC aging options to create a fixed set of MAC addresses allowed to ingress and traverse the service.
VPLS and rate limiting
Traffic that is flooded throughout the VPLS can be rate limited on SAP ingress through the use of service ingress QoS policies. In a service ingress QoS policy, individual meters can be defined per forwarding class to provide rate-limiting/policing of broadcast traffic, MAC multicast traffic, and unknown destination MAC traffic.
MAC move
The MAC move feature is useful to protect against undetected loops in a VPLS topology as well as the presence of duplicate MACs in a VPLS service.
If two clients in the VPLS have the same MAC address, the VPLS will experience a high relearn rate for the MAC. When MAC move is enabled, the 7210 SAS will shut down the SAP or spoke-SDP and create an alarm event when the threshold is exceeded.
MAC move allows sequential order port blocking. By configuration, some VPLS ports can be configured as ‟non-blockable” which allows simple level of control which ports are being blocked during loop occurrence.
Split horizon SAP groups and split horizon spoke-SDP groups
Per-service split horizon groups are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
Within the context of VPLS services, a loop-free topology inside a fully meshed VPLS core is achieved by applying a split-horizon forwarding concept.The packets received from a mesh SDP are never forwarded to other mesh SDPs within the same service. The advantage of this approach is that no protocol is required to detect loops within the VPLS core network.
In applications such as DSL aggregation, it is useful to extend this split-horizon concept also to groups of SAPs and spoke-SDPs. This extension is referred to as a split horizon SAP group. Traffic arriving on a SAP or a spoke-SDP within a split horizon group will not be forwarded to other SAPs and spoke-SDPs configured in the same split horizon group, but will be forwarded to other SAPs/spoke-SDPs, which are not part of the split horizon group.
Configuration guidelines for use of split horizon group in a VPLS service
The following configuration guidelines for the use of split horizon group in a VPLS service apply:
On 7210 SAS-T, and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE operating in network mode, mesh SDPs cannot be configured in a service which uses split horizon group (SHG). Conversely, if a service has a mesh SDP configured, split horizon group cannot be used in the same service.
On 7210 SAS-Mxp, service based SHG can be configured along with mesh SDPs and spoke-SDPs.
VPLS and spanning tree protocol
The Nokia VPLS service provides a bridged or switched Ethernet Layer 2 network. Equipment connected to SAPs forward Ethernet packets into the VPLS service. The 7210 SAS participating in the service learns where the customer MAC addresses reside, on ingress SAPs.
Unknown destinations, broadcasts, and multicasts are flooded to all other SAPs in the service. If SAPs are connected together, either through misconfiguration or for redundancy purposes, loops can form and flooded packets can keep flowing through the network. The Nokia implementation of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is designed to remove these loops from the VPLS topology. This is done by putting one or several SAPs in the discarding state.
The Nokia implementation of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) incorporates some modifications to make the operational characteristics of VPLS more effective.
The STP instance parameters allow the balancing between resiliency and speed of convergence extremes. Modifying particular parameters can affect the behavior. For information about command usage, descriptions, and CLI syntax, refer to Configuring a VPLS service with CLI.
Spanning tree operating modes
For each VPLS instance, a preferred STP variant can be configured. The STP variants supported are:
rstp
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) compliant with IEEE 802.1D-2004 - default mode
dot1w
compliant with IEEE 802.1w
comp-dot1w
operation as in RSTP but backwards compatible with IEEE 802.1w
(this mode allows interoperability with some MTU types)
mstp
compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE 802.1Q-REV/D5.0-09/2005. This mode of operation is only supported in an mVPLS.
While the 7210 SAS initially uses the mode configured for the VPLS, it will dynamically fall back (on a per-SAP basis) to STP (IEEE 802.1D-1998) based on the detection of a BPDU of a different format. A trap or log entry is generated for every change in spanning tree variant.
Some older 802.1W compliant RSTP implementations may have problems with some of the features added in the 802.1D-2004 standard. Interworking with these older systems is improved with the comp-dot1w mode. The differences between the RSTP mode and the comp-dot1w mode are as follows:
The RSTP mode implements the improved convergence over shared media feature, for example, RSTP will transition from discarding to forwarding in 4 seconds when operating over shared media. The comp-dot1w mode does not implement this 802.1D-2004 improvement and transitions conform to 802.1w in 30 seconds (both modes implement fast convergence over point-to-point links).
In the RSTP mode, the transmitted BPDUs contain the port's designated priority vector (DPV) (conforms to 802.1D-2004). Older implementations may be confused by the DPV in a BPDU and may fail to recognize an agreement BPDU correctly. This would result in a slow transition to a forwarding state (30 seconds). For this reason, in the comp-dot1w mode, these BPDUs contain the port's port priority vector (conforms to 802.1w).
The 7210 SAS supports two BDPU encapsulation formats, and can dynamically switch between the following supported formats (on a per-SAP basis):
IEEE 802.1D STP
Cisco PVST
Multiple Spanning Tree
The Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) extends the concept of the IEEE 802.1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) by allowing grouping and associating VLANs to Multiple Spanning Tree Instances (MSTI). Each MSTI can have its own topology, which provides architecture enabling load balancing by providing multiple forwarding paths. At the same time, the number of STP instances running in the network is significantly reduced as compared to Per VLAN STP (PVST) mode of operation. Network fault tolerance is also improved because a failure in one instance (forwarding path) does not affect other instances.
The 7210 SAS implementation of Management VPLS (mVPLS) is used to group different VPLS instances under single RSTP instance. Introducing MSTP into the mVPLS allows the following:
interoperation with traditional Layer 2 switches in access network
an effective solution for dual homing of many business Layer 2 VPNs into a provider network
Redundancy access to VPLS
The GigE MAN portion of the network is implemented with traditional switches. Using MSTP running on individual switches facilitates redundancy in this part of the network. To provide dual homing of all VPLS services accessing from this part of the network, the VPLS PEs must participate in MSTP.
This can be achieved by the following:
configuring mVPLS on VPLS-PEs (only PEs directly connected to GigE MAN network)
assign different managed-vlan ranges to different MSTP instances
Typically, the mVPLS would have SAPs with null encapsulations (to receive, send, and transmit MSTP BPDUs) and a mesh SDP to interconnect a pair of VPLS PEs.
Different access scenarios are displayed in the following figure as example network diagrams dually connected to the PBB PEs:
Access type A - source devices connected by null or Dot1q SAPs
Access type B - one QinQ switch connected by QinQ/801ad SAPs
Access type C - two or more ES devices connected by QinQ/802.1ad SAPs
The following mechanisms are supported for the I-VPLS:
STP/RSTP - can be used for all access types
M-VPLS with MSTP - can be used as is just for access Type A
MSTP is required for access type B and C.
LAG and MC-LAG - can be used for access Type A and B
Split-horizon-group - does not require residential
MSTP for QinQ SAPs
MSTP runs in a MVPLS context and can control SAPs from source VPLS instances. QinQ SAPs are supported. The outer tag is considered by MSTP as part of VLAN range control.
Provider MSTP
Provider MSTP is only supported on platforms that support PBB, and therefore is supported only on 7210 SAS-T operating in the network mode.
Provider MSTP is specified in (IEEE-802.1ad-2005). It uses a provider bridge group address instead of a regular bridge group address used by STP, RSTP, MSTP BPDUs. This allows for implicit separation of source and provider control planes.
The 802.1ad access network sends PBB PE P-MSTP BPDUs using the specified MAC address and also works over QinQ interfaces. P-MSTP mode is used in PBBN for core resiliency and loop avoidance.
Similar to regular MSTP, the STP mode (for example, PMSTP) is only supported in VPLS services where the m-VPLS flag is configured.
MSTP general principles
MSTP represents modification of RSTP which allows the grouping of different VLANs into multiple MSTIs. To enable different devices to participate in MSTIs, they must be consistently configured. A collection of interconnected devices that have the same MST configuration (region-name, revision and VLAN-to-instance assignment) comprises an MST region.
There is no limit to the number of regions in the network, but every region can support a maximum of 16 MSTIs. Instance 0 is a special instance for a region, known as the Internal Spanning Tree (IST) instance. All other instances are numbered from 1 to 4094. IST is the only spanning-tree instance that sends and receives BPDUs (typically BPDUs are untagged). All other spanning-tree instance information is included in MSTP records (M-records), which are encapsulated within MSTP BPDUs. This means that single BPDU carries information for multiple MSTI which reduces overhead of the protocol.
Any specific MSTI is local to an MSTP region and completely independent from an MSTI in other MST regions. Two redundantly connected MST regions will use only a single path for all traffic flows (no load balancing between MST regions or between MST and SST region).
Traditional Layer 2 switches running MSTP protocol assign all VLANs to the IST instance per default. The operator may then ‟re-assign” individual VLANs to a specific MSTI by configuring per VLAN assignment. This means that an SR-series PE can be considered as the part of the same MST region only if the VLAN assignment to IST and MSTIs is identical to the one of Layer 2 switches in access network.
MSTP in the 7210 SAS platform
The 7210 SAS platform uses a concept of mVPLS to group different SAPs under a single STP instance. The VLAN range covering SAPs to be managed by a specific mVPLS is declared under a specific mVPLS SAP definition. MSTP mode-of-operation is only supported in an mVPLS.
When running MSTP, by default, all VLANs are mapped to the CIST. On the VPLS level VLANs can be assigned to specific MSTIs. When running RSTP, the operator must explicitly indicate, per SAP, which VLANs are managed by that SAP.
Enhancements to the Spanning Tree Protocol
To interconnect 7210 SAS devices (PE devices) across the backbone, service tunnels (SDPs) are used. These service tunnels are shared among multiple VPLS instances. The Nokia implementation of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) incorporates some enhancements to make the operational characteristics of VPLS more effective. The implementation of STP on the router is modified to guarantee that service tunnels will not be blocked in any circumstance without imposing artificial restrictions on the placement of the root bridge within the network. The modifications are fully compliant with the 802.1D-2004 STP specification.
When running MSTP, spoke-SDPs cannot be configured. Also, ensure that all bridges connected by mesh SDPs are in the same region. If not, the mesh will be prevented from becoming active (trap is generated).
To achieve this, all mesh SDPs are dynamically configured as either root ports or designated ports. The PE devices participating in each VPLS mesh determine (using the root path cost learned as part of the normal protocol exchange) which of the 7210 SAS devices is closest to the root of the network. This PE device is internally designated as the primary bridge for the VPLS mesh. As a result of this, all network ports on the primary bridges are assigned the designated port role and therefore remain in the forwarding state.
The second part of the solution ensures that the remaining PE devices participating in the STP instance see the SDP ports as a lower cost path to the root instead of a path that is external to the mesh. Internal to the PE nodes participating in the mesh, the SDPs are treated as zero cost paths toward the primary bridge. As a consequence, the path through the mesh are seen as lower cost than any alternative and the PE node will designate the network port as the root port. This ensures that network ports always remain in forwarding state.
A combination of the previously mentioned features ensure that network ports are never blocked and maintain interoperability with bridges external to the mesh that are running STP instances.
L2PT termination
L2PT is used to transparently transport protocol data units (PDUs) of Layer 2 protocols, such as Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), Port Aggregation Protocol (PAGP), Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD), VLAN trunking protocol (VTP), and Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). This allows users to run these protocols between customer CPEs without involving backbone infrastructure.
The 7210 SAS routers support the transparent tunneling of PDUs across the VPLS core; however, in some network designs the VPLS PE is connected to CPEs through a legacy Layer 2 network, instead of via direct connections. In this type of environment, the termination of tunnels through the infrastructure is required.
L2PT tunnels transport protocol PDUs by overwriting MAC destination addresses at the ingress of the tunnel to a proprietary MAC address, such as 01-00-0c-cd-cd-d0. On egress of the tunnel, the MAC address is overwritten back to the MAC address of the respective Layer 2 protocol.
The 7210 SAS nodes support L2PT termination for STP BPDUs as follows:
On ingress of every SAP or spoke-SDP that is configured as an L2PT termination, all PDUs with a MAC destination address of 01-00-0c-cd-cd-d0 are intercepted, and their MAC destination address is overwritten to the MAC destination address used for the corresponding protocol. The type of protocol can be derived from LLC and SNAP encapsulation.
In the egress direction, PDUs of the corresponding protocol received on all VPLS ports are intercepted, and L2PT encapsulation is performed for SAP and spoke-SDPs configured as L2PT termination points. For implementation reasons, PDU interception and redirection to CPM can be performed only on ingress. Therefore, to comply with the preceding requirement, as soon as at least one port of a specific VPLS service is configured as an L2PT termination port, redirection of PDUs to CPM are set on all other ports (SAPs, spoke-SDPs) of the VPLS service.
L2PT termination can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the specific VPLS service.
BPDU translation
VPLS networks are typically used to interconnect different customer sites using different access technologies such as Ethernet and bridged-encapsulated ATM PVCs. Typically, different Layer 2 devices can support different types of STP and even if they are from the same vendor. In some cases, it is necessary to provide BPDU translation to provide an inter-operable e2e solution.
To address these network designs, BPDU format translation is supported on 7210 SAS devices. If enabled on a specific SAP or spoke-SDP, the system will intercept all BPDUs destined for that interface and perform required format translation such as STP-to-PVST or the other way around.
Similarly, BPDU interception and redirection to the CPM is performed only at ingress meaning that as soon as at least 1 port within a specific VPLS service has BPDU translation enabled, all BPDUs received on any of the VPLS ports will be redirected to the CPM.
BPDU translation involves all encapsulation actions that the datapath would perform for a specific outgoing port (such as adding VLAN tags depending on the outer SAP and the SDP encapsulation type) and adding or removing all the required VLAN information in a BPDU payload.
This feature can be enabled on a SAP/spoke only if STP is disabled in the context of the specific VPLS service.
L2PT and BPDU translation
L2PT termination for only STP (Spanning Tree Protocol) and PVST (Per VLAN Spanning Tree Protocol), Cisco Discovery Protocol (CDP), Digital Trunking Protocol (DTP), Port Aggregation Protocol (PAgP), Unidirectional Link Detection (UDLD), Virtual Trunk Protocol (VTP), STP (Spanning Tree Protocol) and PVST (per-VLAN Spanning Tree protocol) are supported on 7210 SAS devices.
These protocols automatically pass the other protocols tunneled by L2PT toward the CPM and all carry the same specific Cisco MAC.
The existing L2PT limitations apply:
The protocols apply only to VPLS.
The protocols are mutually exclusive with running STP on the same VPLS as soon as one SAP/spoke has L2PT/BPDU translation enabled.
Forwarding occurs on the CPM and uses CPU processing cycles.
VPLS redundancy
The VPLS standard (RFC 4762, Virtual Private LAN Services Using LDP Signalling) includes provisions for hierarchical VPLS, using point-to-point spoke-SDPs. Two applications have been identified for spoke-SDPs:
to connect to Multi-Tenant Units (MTUs) to PEs in a metro area network
to interconnect the VPLS nodes of two networks
In both applications the spoke-SDPs serve to improve the scalability of VPLS. While node redundancy is implicit in non-hierarchical VPLS services (using a full mesh of SDPs between PEs), node redundancy for spoke-SDPs needs to be provided separately. In VPLS services, only two spoke-SDPs are allowed in an endpoint.
The 7210 SAS routers have implemented special features for improving the resilience of hierarchical VPLS instances, in both MTU and inter-metro applications.
Spoke-SDP redundancy for metro interconnection
When two or more meshed VPLS instances are interconnected by redundant spoke-SDPs (as shown in H-VPLS with spoke redundancy), a loop in the topology results. To remove such a loop from the topology, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can be run over the SDPs (links) which form the loop such that one of the SDPs is blocked. As running STP in each and every VPLS in this topology is not efficient, the node includes functionality which can associate a number of VPLSes to a single STP instance running over the redundant SDPs. Node redundancy is therefore achieved by running STP in one VPLS, and applying the conclusions of this STP to the other VPLS services. The VPLS instance running STP is referred to as the ‟management VPLS” or mVPLS.
In the case of a failure of the active node, STP on the management VPLS in the standby node will change the link states from disabled to active. The standby node will then broadcast a MAC flush LDP control message in each of the protected VPLS instances, so that the address of the newly active node can be relearned by all PEs in the VPLS.
It is possible to configure two management VPLS services, where both VPLS services have different active spokes (this is achieved by changing the path-cost in STP). By associating different user VPLSes with the two management VPLS services, load balancing across the spokes can be achieved.
Spoke-SDP-based redundant access
This feature provides the ability to have a node deployed as MTUs (Multi-Tenant Unit Switches) to be multi-homed for VPLS to multiple routers deployed as PEs without requiring the use of mVPLS.
In the configuration example displayed in H-VPLS with spoke redundancy, the MTUs have spoke-SDPs to two PEs devices. One is designated as the primary and one as the secondary spoke-SDP. This is based on a precedence value associated with each spoke. If the primary and secondary spoke-SDPs have the same precedence value, the spoke-SDP with lower ID functions as the primary SDP.
The secondary spoke is in a blocking state (both on receive and transmit) as long as the primary spoke is available. When the primary spoke becomes unavailable (because of link failure, PEs failure, and so on), the MTU immediately switches traffic to the backup spoke and starts receiving/sending traffic to/from the standby spoke. Optional revertive operation (with configurable switch-back delay) is applicable only when one of the spokes is configured with precedence of primary. If not, this action does not take place. Forced manual switchover is also supported.
To speed up the convergence time during a switchover, MAC flush is configured. The MTUs generates a MAC flush message over the newly unblocked spoke when a spoke change occurs. As a result, the PEs receiving the MAC flush will flush all MACs associated with the impacted VPLS service instance and forward the MAC flush to the other PEs in the VPLS network if ‟propagate-mac-flush” is enabled.
Inter-domain VPLS resiliency using multi-chassis endpoints
MC-EP is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms. This section provides an example of how 7210 SAS platforms can be used as MTU devices in an MC-EP solution. In this solution, 7750 SR routers provide the MC-EP functionality.
Inter-domain VPLS refers to a VPLS deployment where sites may be located in different domains. An example of inter-domain deployment can be where different Metro domains are interconnected over a Wide Area Network (Metro1-WAN-Metro2) or where sites are located in different autonomous systems (AS1-ASBRs-AS2).
Multi-chassis endpoint (MC-EP) provides an alternate solution that does not require RSTP at the gateway VPLS PEs while still using pseudowires to interconnect the VPLS instances located in the two domains.
MC-EP expands the single chassis endpoint based on active-standby pseudowires for VPLS shown in the following figure. In the solution depicted by the following figure, 7210 SAS devices are used as MTUs.
The active-standby pseudowire solution is appropriate for the scenario when only one VPLS PE (MTU-s) needs to be dual-homed to two core PEs (PE1 and PE2).
VPLS access redundancy
A second application of hierarchical VPLS is using MTUs that are MPLS-enabled which must have spoke-SDPs to the closest PE node. To protect against failure of the PE node, an MTU can be dual-homed.
The following are several mechanisms that can be used to resolve a loop in an access network where 7210 SAS devices are used:
STP-based access, with or without mVPLS
Ethernet APS using G.8032
STP-based redundant access to VPLS
In configuration shown in the preceding figure, STP is activated on the MTU and two PEs to resolve a potential loop.
To remove such a loop from the topology, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can be run over the SDPs (links) which form the loop such that one of the SDPs is blocked. Running STP in every VPLS in this topology is not efficient as the node includes functionality which can associate a number of VPLSes to a single STP instance running over the redundant SDPs. Node redundancy is therefore achieved by running STP in one VPLS. Therefore, this applies the conclusions of this STP to the other VPLS services.
The VPLS instance running STP is referred to as the ‟management VPLS” or mVPLS. In the case of a failure of the active node, STP on the management VPLS in the standby node will change the link states from disabled to active. The standby node will then broadcast a MAC flush LDP control message in each of the protected VPLS instances, so that the address of the newly active node can be relearned by all PEs in the VPLS. It is possible to configure two management VPLS services, where both VPLS services have different active spokes (this is achieved by changing the path-cost in STP). By associating different user VPLSes with the two management VPLS services, load balancing across the spokes can be achieved.
In this configuration the scope of STP domain is limited to MTU and PEs, while any topology change needs to be propagated in the whole VPLS domain.
This is done by using ‟MAC-flush” messages defined by RFC 4762, Virtual Private LAN Services Using LDP Signaling. In the case where STP acts as a loop resolution mechanism, every Topology Change Notification (TCN) received in a context of STP instance is translated into an LDP-MAC address withdrawal message (also referred to as a MAC-flush message) requesting to clear all FDB entries except the ones learned from the originating PE. Such messages are sent to all PE peers connected through SDPs (mesh and spoke) in the context of VPLS services which are managed by the specific STP instance.
Redundant access to VPLS without STP
The Nokia implementation also provides alternative methods for providing redundant access to Layer 2 services, such as MC-LAG. Also in this case, the topology change event needs to be propagated into VPLS topology to provide fast convergence.
H-VPLS with spoke redundancy shows a dual-homed connection to VPLS service (PE-A, PE-B, PE-C, PE-D) and operation in case of link failure (between PE-C and Layer 2-B). Upon detection of a link failure PE-C will send MAC-Address-Withdraw messages, which will indicate to all LDP peers that they should flush all MAC addresses learned from PE-C. This will lead that to a broadcasting of packets addressing affected hosts and relearning process in case an alternative route exists.
Note that the message described here is different from the message described in previous section and in RFC 4762, Virtual Private LAN Services Using LDP Signaling. The difference is in the interpretation and action performed in the receiving PE. According to the standard definition, upon receipt of a MAC withdraw message, all MAC addresses, except the ones learned from the source PE, are flushed,
This section specifies that all MAC addresses learned from the source are flushed. This message has been implemented as an LDP address message with vendor-specific type, length, value (TLV), and is called the flush-mine message.
The advantage of this approach (as compared to RSTP based methods) is that only MAC-affected addresses are flushed and not the full forwarding database. While this method does not provide a mechanism to secure alternative loop-free topology, the convergence time is dependent on the speed of the specific CE device will open alternative link (Layer 2-B switch in Figure 57) as well as on the speed PE routers will flush their FDB.
In addition, this mechanism is effective only if PE and CE are directly connected (no hub or bridge) as it reacts to physical failure of the link.
MAC flush message processing
The previous sections described operation principle of several redundancy mechanisms available in context of VPLS service. All of them rely on MAC flush message as a tool to propagate topology change in a context of the specific VPLS. This section aims to summarize basic rules for generation and processing of these messages.
As described on respective sections, the 7210 SAS supports two types of MAC flush message, flush-all-but-mine and flush-mine. The main difference between these messages is the type of action they signal. Flush-all-but-mine requests clearing of all FDB entries which were learned from all other LDP peers except the originating PE. This type is also defined by RFC 4762 as an LDP MAC address withdrawal with an empty MAC address list.
Flush-all-mine message requests clearing all FDB entries learned from originating PE. This means that this message has exactly other effect then flush-all-but-mine message. This type is not included in RFC 4762 definition and it is implemented using vendor specific TLV.
The advantages and disadvantages of the individual types should be apparent from examples in the previous section. The description here focuses on summarizing actions taken on reception and conditions individual messages are generated.
Upon reception of MAC flush messages (regardless the type) SR-Series PE will take following actions:
clears FDB entries of all indicated VPLS services conforming the definition
propagates the message (preserving the type) to all LDP peers, if ‟propagate-mac-flush” flag is enabled at corresponding VPLS level
The flush-all-but-mine message is generated under following conditions:
The flush-all-but-mine message is received from LDP peer and propagate-mac-flush flag is enabled. The message is sent to all LDP peers in the context of VPLS service it was received in.
TCN message in a context of STP instance is received. The flush-all-but-mine message is sent to all LDP-peers connected with spoke and mesh SDPs in a context of VPLS service controlled by the specific STP instance (based on mVPLS definition). The message is sent only to LDP peers which are not part of STP domain, which means corresponding spoke and mesh SDPs are not part of mVPLS.
Flush-all-but-mine message is generated when switch over between spoke-SDPs of the same endpoint occurs. The message is sent to LDP peer connected through newly active spoke-SDP.
The flush-mine message is generated under following conditions:
The flush-mine message is received from LDP peer and ‟propagate-mac-flush” flag is enabled. The message is sent to all LDP peers in the context of VPLS service it was received.
The flush-mine message is generated when on a SAP or SDP transition from operationally up to an operationally down state and send-flush-on-failure flag is enabled in the context of the specific VPLS service. The message is sent to all LDP peers connected in the context of the specific VPLS service. When enabling ‟send-flush-on-failure” the flag is blocked in VPLS service managed by mVPLS. This is to prevent both messages being sent at the same time.
The flush-mine message is generated on an MC-LAG SAP transition from an operationally up state to an operationally down state. The message is sent to all LDP peers connected in the context of the specific VPLS service.
MAC Flush with STP
A second application of Hierarchical VPLS is in the use of Multi Tenant Units (MTU). MTUs are typically not MPLS-enabled, and therefore have Ethernet links to the closest PE node (see the following figure). To protect against failure of the PE node, an MTU could be dual-homed and therefore have two SAPs on two PE nodes. To resolve the potential loop, STP is activated on the MTU and the two PEs.
Like in the previous scenario, STP only needs to run in a single VPLS instance, and the results of the STP calculations are applied to all VPLSes on the link. Equally, the standby node will broadcast MAC flush LDP messages in the protected VPLS instances when it detects that the active node has failed.
Selective MAC flush
When using STP as described previously is not appropriate, the ‟Selective MAC flush” feature can be used instead.
In this scenario, the 7210 SAS that detects a port failure will send out a flush-all-from-ME LDP message to all PEs in the VPLS. The PEs receiving this LDP message will remove all MAC entries originated by the sender from the indicated VPLS.
A drawback of this approach is that the selective MAC flush does not signal that a backup path was found, only that the previous path is no longer available. In addition, the selective MAC Flush mechanism is effective only if the CE and PE are directly connected (no intermediate hubs or bridges) as it reacts only to a physical failure of the link. Consequently, Nokia recommends using the MAC flush with STP method previously described where possible.
Dual homing to a VPLS service
The preceding figure shows a dual-homed connection to VPLS service (PE-A, PE-B, PE-C, PE-D) and operation in case of link failure (between PE-C and Layer 2-B). Upon detection of a link failure PE-C will send MAC-Address-Withdraw messages, which will indicate to all LDP peers that they should flush all MAC addresses learned from PE-C. This will lead that to a broadcasting of packets addressing affected hosts and relearning process in case an alternative route exists.
Note that the message described here is different from the message described in draft-ietf-l2vpn-vpls-ldp-xx.txt, Virtual Private LAN Services over MPLS. The difference is in the interpretation and action performed in the receiving PE. According the draft definition, upon receipt of a MAC-withdraw message, all MAC addresses, except the ones learned from the source PE, are flushed, This section specifies that all MAC addresses learned from the source are flushed. This message has been implemented as an LDP address message with vendor-specific type, length, value (TLV), and is called the flush-all-from-ME message.
The draft definition message is currently used in management VPLS which is using RSTP for recovering from failures in Layer 2 topologies. The mechanism described in this document represent an alternative solution.
The advantage of this approach (as compared to RSTP based methods) is that only MAC-affected addresses are flushed and not the full forwarding database. While this method does not provide a mechanism to secure alternative loop-free topology, the convergence time is dependent on the speed of the specific CE device will open alternative link (Layer 2-B switch in the preceding figure) as well as on the speed PE routers will flush their FDB.
In addition, this mechanism is effective only if PE and CE are directly connected (no hub or bridge) as it reacts to physical failure of the link.
VPLS service considerations
This section describes various 7210 SAS service features and special capabilities or considerations as they relate to VPLS services.
SAP encapsulations
VPLS services are designed to carry Ethernet frame payloads, so it can provide connectivity between any SAPs that pass Ethernet frames. The following SAP encapsulations are supported on the VPLS service:
Ethernet null
Ethernet Dot1q
Ethernet Dot1q Default
Ethernet Dot1q Explicit Null
VLAN processing
The SAP encapsulation definition on Ethernet ingress ports defines which VLAN tags are used to determine the service that the packet belongs:
null encapsulation defined on ingress
VLAN tags are ignored and the packet goes to a default service for the SAP.
dot1q encapsulation defined on ingress
Only first VLAN tag is considered.
dot1q Default encapsulation defined on ingress
Accepted tagged packets not matching any of the configured VLAN encapsulations. This is like a default SAP for tagged packets.
dot1q Explicit Null encapsulation defined on ingress
Any untagged or priority-tagged packets will be accepted.
BGP Auto-Discovery for LDP VPLS
BGP Auto Discovery (BGP AD) for LDP VPLS is a framework for automatically discovering the endpoints of a Layer 2 VPN offering an operational model similar to that of an IP VPN. This model allows carriers to leverage existing network elements and functions, including but not limited to, route reflectors and BGP policies to control the VPLS topology.
BGP AD is an excellent complement to an already established and well deployed Layer 2 VPN signaling mechanism target LDP providing one touch provisioning for LDP VPLS where all the related PEs are discovered automatically. The service provider may make use of existing BGP policies to regulate the exchanges between PEs in the same, or in different, autonomous system (AS) domains. The addition of BGP AD procedures does not require carriers to uproot their existing VPLS deployments and to change the signaling protocol.
BGP AD overview
The BGP protocol establishes neighbor relationships between configured peers. An open message is sent after the completion of the three-way TCP handshake. This open message contains information about the BGP peer sending the message. This message contains Autonomous System Number (ASN), BGP version, timer information and operational parameters, including capabilities. The capabilities of a peer are exchanged using two numerical values: the Address Family Identifier (AFI) and Subsequent Address Family Identifier (SAFI). These numbers are allocated by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). BGP AD uses AFI 65 (L2VPN) and SAFI 25 (BGP VPLS).
Information model
Following is the establishment of the peer relationship, the discovery process begins as soon as a new VPLS service instance is provisioned on the PE.
Two VPLS identifiers are used to indicate the VPLS membership and the individual VPLS instance:
VPLS-ID
Membership information, unique network wide identifier; same value assigned for all VPLS switch instances (VSIs) belonging to the same VPLS; encodable and carried as a BGP extended community in one of the following formats:
a two-octet AS specific extended community
an IPv4 address specific extended community
VSI-ID
The unique identifier for each individual VSI, built by concatenating a route distinguisher (RD) with a 4 bytes identifier (usually the system IP of the VPLS PE); encoded and carried in the corresponding BGP NLRI.
To advertise this information, BGP AD employs a simplified version of the BGP VPLS NLRI where just the RD and the next 4 bytes are used to identify the VPLS instance. There is no need for Label Block and Label Size fields as T-LDP will take care of signaling the service labels later on.
The format of the BGP AD NLRI is very similar with the one used for IP VPN as shown in the following figure. The system IP may be used for the last 4 bytes of the VSI-ID further simplifying the addressing and the provisioning process.
Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) is exchanged between BGP peers indicating how to reach prefixes. The NLRI is used in the Layer 2 VPN case to tell PE peers how to reach the VSI instead of specific prefixes. The advertisement includes the BGP next hop and a route target (RT). The BGP next hop indicates the VSI location and is used in the next step to determine which signaling session is used for pseudowire signaling. The RT, also coded as an extended community, can be used to build a VPLS full mesh or a H-VPLS hierarchy through the use of BGP import or export policies.
BGP is only used to discover VPN endpoints and the corresponding far end PEs. It is not used to signal the pseudowire labels. This task remains the responsibility of targeted-LDP (T-LDP).
FEC element for T-LDP signaling
Two LDP FEC elements are defined in RFC 4447, PW Setup & Maintenance Using LDP. The original pseudowire-ID FEC element 128 (0x80) employs a 32-bit field to identify the virtual circuit ID and it was used extensively in the initial VPWS and VPLS deployments. The simple format is easy to understand but it does not provide the required information model for BGP Auto-Discovery function. To support BGP AD and other new applications a new Layer 2 FEC element, the generalized FEC (0x81) is required.
The generalized pseudowire-ID FEC element has been designed for auto discovery applications. It provides a field, the address group identifier (AGI), that is used to signal the membership information from the VPLS-ID. Separate address fields are provided for the source and target address associated with the VPLS endpoints called the Source Attachment Individual Identifier (SAII) and respectively, Target Attachment Individual Identifier (TAII). These fields carry the VSI-ID values for the two instances that are to be connected through the signaled pseudowire.
The detailed format for FEC 129 is shown in the following figure.
Each of the FEC fields are designed as a sub-TLV equipped with its own type and length providing support for new applications. To accommodate the BGP AD information model the following FEC formats are used:
AGI (type 1) is identical in format and content with the BGP extended community attribute used to carry the VPLS-ID value.
Source AII (type 1) is a 4 bytes value destined to carry the local VSI-id (outgoing NLRI minus the RD).
Target AII (type 1) is a 4 bytes value destined to carry the remote VSI-ID (incoming NLRI minus the RD).
BGP-AD and Target LDP (T-LDP) interaction
BGP is responsible for discovering the location of VSIs that share the same VPLS membership. LDP protocol is responsible for setting up the pseudowire infrastructure between the related VSIs by exchanging service-specific labels between them.
When the local VPLS information is provisioned in the local PE, the related PEs participating in the same VPLS are identified through BGP AD exchanges. A list of far-end PEs is generated and triggers the creation, if required, of the necessary T-LDP sessions to these PEs and the exchange of the service-specific VPN labels. The steps for the BGP AD discovery process and LDP session establishment and label exchange are shown in the following figure.
Key:
Establish I-BGP connectivity RR.
Configure VPN (10) on edge node (PE3).
Announce VPN to RR using BGP-AD.
Send membership update to each client of the cluster.
LDP exchange or inbound FEC filtering (IFF) of non-match or VPLS down.
Configure VPN (10) on edge node (PE2).
Announce VPN to RR using BGP-AD.
Send membership update to each client of the cluster.
LDP exchange or inbound FEC filtering (IFF) of non-match or VPLS down.
Complete LDP bidirectional pseudowire establishment FEC 129.
SDP usage
Service Access Points (SAP) are linked to transport tunnels using Service Distribution Points (SDP). The service architecture of the 7210 platform allows services to be abstracted from the transport network.
MPLS transport tunnels are signaled using the Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP-TE) or by the Label Distribution Protocol (LDP). The capability to automatically create an SDP only exists for LDP based transport tunnels. Using a manually provisioned SDP is available for both RSVP-TE and LDP transport tunnels. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T MPLS Guide for more information about MPLS, LDP, and RSVP.
Automatic creation of SDPs
When BGP AD is used for LDP VPLS and LDP is used as the transport tunnel there is no requirement to manually create an SDP. The LDP SDP can be automatically instantiated using the information advertised by BGP AD. This simplifies the configuration on the service node.
Enabling LDP on the IP interfaces connecting all nodes between the ingress and the egress, builds transport tunnels based on the best IGP path. LDP bindings are automatically built and stored in the hardware. These entries contain an MPLS label pointing to the best next hop along the best path toward the destination.
When two endpoints need to connect and no SDP exists, a new SDP will automatically be constructed. New services added between two endpoints that already have an automatically created SDP will be immediately used. No new SDP will be constructed. The far-end information is gleaned from the BGP next hop information in the NLRI. When services are withdrawn with a BGP_Unreach_NLRI, the automatically established SDP will remain up as long as at least one service is connected between those endpoints. An automatically created SDP will be removed and the resources released when the only or last service is removed.
Manually provisioned SDP
The carrier is required to manually provision the SDP if they create transport tunnels using RSVP-TE. Operators have the option to choose a manually configured SDP, if they use LDP as the tunnel signaling protocol. The functionality is the same regardless of the signaling protocol.
Creating a BGP-AD enabled VPLS service on an ingress node with the manually provisioned SDP option causes the Tunnel Manager to search for an existing SDP that connects to the far-end PE. The far-end IP information is gleaned from the BGP next hop information in the NLRI. If a single SDP exists to that PE, it is used. If no SDP is established between the two endpoints, the service remains down until a manually configured SDP becomes active.
When multiple SDPs exist between two endpoints, the tunnel manager selects the appropriate SDP. The algorithm preferred SDPs with the best (lower) metric. Should there be multiple SDPs with equal metrics, the operational state of the SDPs with the best metric is considered. If the operational state is the same, the SDP with the higher sdp-id is used. If an SDP with a preferred metric is found with an operational state that is not active, the tunnel manager flags it as ineligible and restarts the algorithm.
Automatic instantiation of pseudowires (SDP bindings)
The choice of manual or auto provisioned SDPs has limited impact on the amount of required provisioning. Most of the savings are achieved through the automatic instantiation of the pseudowire infrastructure (SDP bindings). This is achieved for every auto-discovered VSIs through the use of the pseudowire template concept. Each VPLS service that uses BGP AD contains the ‟pw-template-binding” option defining specific Layer 2 VPN parameters. This command references a ‟pw-template” which defines the pseudowire parameters. The same ‟pwtemplate” may be referenced by multiple VPLS services. As a result, changes to these pseudowire templates have to be treated with great care as they may impact many customers at once.
The Nokia implementation provides for safe handling of pseudowire templates. Changes to the pseudowire templates are not automatically propagated. Tools are provided to evaluate and distribute the changes. The following command is used to distribute changes to a ‟pw-template” at the service level to one or all services that use that template.
PERs-4# tools perform service id 300 eval-pw-template 1 allow-service-impact
If the service ID is omitted, then all services are updated. The type of change made to the ‟pwtemplate” influences how the service is impacted in the following ways:
Adding or removing a split-horizon-group will cause the router to destroy the original object and recreate using the new value.
Changing parameters in the vc-type {ether | vlan} command requires LDP to re-signal the labels.
Both of these changes affect the services. Other changes are not service affected.
Mixing statically configured and auto-discovered pseudowires in a VPLS service
The services implementation allows for manually provisioned and auto-discovered pseudowire (SDP bindings) to coexist in the same VPLS instance (for example, both FEC128 and FEC 129 are supported). This allows for gradual introduction of auto discovery into an existing VPLS deployment.
As FEC 128 and 129 represent different addressing schemes, it is important to make sure that only one is used at any point in time between the same two VPLS instances. Otherwise, both pseudowires may become active causing a loop that might adversely impact the correct functioning of the service. It is recommended that FEC128 pseudowire be disabled as soon as the FEC129 addressing scheme is introduced in a portion of the network. Alternatively, RSTP may be used during the migration as a safety mechanism to provide additional protection against operational errors.
Resiliency schemes
The use of BGP-AD on the network side, or in the backbone, does not affect the different resiliency schemes Nokia has developed in the access network. This means that both Multi-Chassis Link Aggregation (MC-LAG) and Management-VPLS (M-VPLS) can still be used.
BGP-AD may coexist with Hierarchical-VPLS (H-VPLS) resiliency schemes (for example, dual homed MTU-s devices to different PE-rs nodes) using existing methods (M-VPLS and statically configured Active or Standby pseudowire endpoint).
If provisioned SDPs are used by BGP AD, M-VPLS may be employed to provide loop avoidance. However, it is currently not possible to auto-discover active or standby pseudowires and to instantiate the related endpoint.
Routed VPLS
R-VPLS with IPv6 interfaces is supported only on 7210 SAS-Mxp operating in the network mode.
Routed VPLS (R-VPLS) allows a VPLS instance to be associated with an IP interface.
R-VPLS is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode.
For 7210 SAS platforms operating in network mode, R-VPLS can provide both customer service and in-band management of the node.
For 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode, R-VPLS can only provide in-band management of the node.
Within an R-VPLS service, traffic with a destination MAC matching that of the associated IP interface is routed based on the IP forwarding table; all other traffic is forwarded based on the VPLS forwarding table.
In access-uplink mode, an R-VPLS service can be associated with an IPv4 interface and supports only static routing. It is primarily designed for use of in-band management of the node. It allows for in-band management of the 7210 SAS nodes in a ring deployment using a single IPv4 subnet, reducing the number of IP subnets needed.
In network mode, an R-VPLS service can be associated with an IPv4 or IPv6 interface and supports static routing and other routing protocols. It can be used to provide a service to the customer or for in-band management of the node.
IES or VPRN IP interface binding
A standard IP interface within an existing IES or VPRN service context may be bound to a service name. A VPLS service only supports binding for a single IP interface.
While an IP interface may only be bound to a single VPLS service, the routing context containing the IP interface (IES or VPRN) may have other IP interfaces bound to other VPLS service contexts. That is, R-VPLS allows the binding of IP interfaces in IES and VPRN services to be bound to VPLS services.
Assigning a service name to a VPLS service
When a service name is applied to any service context, the name and service ID association is registered with the system. A service name cannot be assigned to more than one service ID.
Special consideration is given to a service name that is assigned to a VPLS service that has the configure service vpls allow-ip-int-binding command enabled. If a name is applied to the VPLS service while the allow-ip-int-binding flag is set, the system scans the existing IES and VPRN services for an IP interface that is bound to the specified service name. If an IP interface is found, the IP interface is attached to the VPLS service associated with the name. Only one interface can be bound to the service with the specified name.
If the allow-ip-int-binding command is not enabled on the VPLS service, the system does not attempt to resolve the VPLS service name to an IP interface. As soon as the allow-ip-int-binding flag is configured on the VPLS, the corresponding IP interface is bound and becomes operational up. There is no need to toggle the shutdown or no shutdown command.
If an IP interface is not currently bound to the VPLS service name, no action is taken at the time of the service name assignment.
Service binding requirements
If a defined service name is created on the system, the system checks to ensure that the service type is VPLS. If the created service type is VPLS, the IP interface is eligible to enter the operationally upstate.
Bound Service Name Assignment
If a bound service name is assigned to a service within the system, the system first checks to ensure that the service type is VPLS. Secondly, the system ensures that the service is not already bound to another IP interface through the service name. If the service type is not VPLS or the service is already bound to another IP interface through the service ID, the service name assignment fails.
A single VPLS instance cannot be bound to two separate IP interfaces.
Binding a service name to an IP interface
An IP interface within an IES or VPRN service context may be bound to a service name at anytime. Only one interface can be bound to a service. When an IP interface is bound to a service name and the IP interface is administratively up, the system scans for a VPLS service context using the name and takes the following actions:
If the name is not currently in use by a service, the IP interface is placed in an operationally down: Non-existent service name or inappropriate service type state.
If the name is currently in use by a non-VPLS service or the wrong type of VPLS service, the IP interface is placed in the operationally down: Non-existent service name or inappropriate service type state.
If the name is currently in use by a VPLS service without the allow-ip-int-binding flag set, the IP interface is placed in the operationally down: VPLS service allow-ip-int-binding flag not set state. There is no need to toggle the shutdown or no shutdown command.
If the name is currently in use by a valid VPLS service and the allow-ip-int-binding flag is set, the IP interface is eligible to be placed in the operationally up state depending on other operational criteria being met.
IP interface attached VPLS service constraints
When a VPLS service has been bound to an IP interface through its service name, the service name assigned to the service cannot be removed or changed unless the IP interface is first unbound from the VPLS service name.
A VPLS service that is currently attached to an IP interface cannot be deleted from the system unless the IP interface is unbound from the VPLS service name.
The allow-ip-int-binding flag within an IP interface attached VPLS service cannot be reset. The IP interface must first be unbound from the VPLS service name to reset the flag.
IP interface and VPLS operational state coordination
When the IP interface is successfully attached to a VPLS service, the operational state of the IP interface is dependent upon the operational state of the VPLS service.
The VPLS service remains down until at least one virtual port (SAP, spoke-SDP, or mesh SDP) is operational.
IP interface MTU and fragmentation
VPLS service MTU is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except the 7210 SAS-T operating in access-uplink mode.
The user must ensure that the port MTU is configured appropriately so that the largest packet traversing through any of the SAPs (virtual ports) of the VPLS service can be forwarded out of any of the SAPs. VPLS services do not support fragmentation and can discard packets larger than the configured port MTU.
When an IP interface is associated with a VPLS service, the IP-MTU is based on either the administrative value configured for the IP interface or an operational value derived from port MTU of all the SAPs configured in the service. The port MTU excluding the Layer 2 Header and tags for all the ports which have SAPs configured in this VPLS service are considered and the minimum value among those are computed (which is called computed MTU). The operational value of the IP interface is set as follows:
If the configured (administrative) value of IP MTU is greater than the computed MTU, then the operational IP MTU is set to the computed MTU.
If the configured (administrative) value of IP MTU is lesser than or equal to the computed MTU, then operational IP MTU is set to the configured (administrative) value of IP MTU.
ARP and VPLS FIB interactions
Two address-oriented table entries are used when routing into a VPLS service. On the routing side, an ARP entry is used to determine the destination MAC address used by an IP next-hop. In the case where the destination IP address in the routed packet is a host on the local subnet represented by the VPLS instance, the destination IP address is used as the next-hop IP address in the ARP cache lookup. If the destination IP address is in a remote subnet that is reached by another router attached to the VPLS service, the routing lookup returns the local IP address on the VPLS service of the remote router is returned. If the next-hop is not currently in the ARP cache, the system generates an ARP request to determine the destination MAC address associated with the next-hop IP address. IP routing to all destination hosts associated with the next-hop IP address stops until the ARP cache is populated with an entry for the next-hop. The dynamically populated ARP entries age out according to the ARP aging timer.
The second address table entry that affects VPLS routed packets is the MAC destination lookup in the VPLS service context. The MAC associated with the ARP table entry for the IP next-hop may or may not currently be populated in the VPLS Layer 2 FIB table. While the destination MAC is unknown (not populated in the VPLS FIB), the system is flooded with all packets destined for that MAC (routed or bridged) to all SAPs within the VPLS service context. When the MAC is known (populated in the VPLS FIB), all packets destined to the MAC (routed or bridged) is targeted to the specific SAP where the MAC has been learned. As with ARP entries, static MAC entries may be created in the VPLS FIB. Dynamically learned MAC addresses are allowed to age out or be flushed from the VPLS FIB while static MAC entries always remain associated with a specific virtual port. Dynamic MACs may also be relearned on another VPLS SAP than the current SAP in the FIB. In this case, the system automatically moves the MAC FIB entry to the new VPLS SAP.
In 7210 SAS, whenever a MAC entry is removed from the VPLS FIB (either explicitly by the user or because of MAC aging or mac-move), ARP entries which match this MAC address is removed from the ARP cache. Though the VPLS FIB entries are not removed; an ARP entry ages out and is removed from the ARP cache.
If the VPLS FIB limit is reached and the node is no longer able to learn new MAC address, ARP will also not be learned.
R-VPLS specific ARP cache behavior
In typical routing behavior, the system uses the IP route table to select the egress interface, an ARP entry is used forward the packet to the appropriate Ethernet MAC. With R-VPLS, the egress IP interface may be represented by multiple egress (VPLS service SAPs).
The following table describes how the ARP cache and MAC FIB entry states interact.
ARP Cache entry |
MAC FIB entry |
Routing or system behavior |
---|---|---|
ARP Cache Miss (No Entry) |
Known or Unknown |
Triggers a request to control plane ARP processing module, to send out an ARP request, out of all the SAPs. (also known as virtual ports) of the VPLS instance. |
ARP Cache Hit |
Known |
Forward to specific VPLS virtual port or SAP. |
Unknown |
This behavior cannot happen typically on 7210 SAS-D, as and when an Layer 2 entry is removed from the FDB, the matching MAC address is also removed from the ARP cache. On 7210 SAS-K, the packet is sent out of all the SAPs of the VPLS instance. |
The allow-ip-int-binding VPLS flag
The allow-ip-int-binding flag on a VPLS service context is used to inform the system that the VPLS service is enabled for routing support. The system uses the setting of the flag as a key to determine what type of ports the VPLS service may span.
The system also uses the flag state to define which VPLS features are configurable on the VPLS service to prevent enabling a feature that is not supported when routing support is enabled.
R-VPLS SAP support on standard Ethernet ports
The allow-ip-int-binding flag is set (routing support enabled) on a VPLS service. SAPs within the service can be created on standard Ethernet ports.
LAG port membership constraints
If a LAG has a unsupported port type as a member, a SAP for the routing-enabled VPLS service cannot be created on the LAG. When one or more routing-enabled VPLS SAPs are associated with a LAG, a unsupported Ethernet port type cannot be added to the LAG membership.
VPLS feature support and restrictions
When the allow-ip-int-binding flag is set on a VPLS service, the following features cannot be enabled. Additionally, the flag cannot be enabled while any of these features are applied to the VPLS service. The following restrictions apply to both network mode and access-uplink mode, unless otherwise noted:
Spoke SDPs and mesh SDPs cannot be configured in an R-VPLS service.
In access-uplink mode, the VPLS service type cannot be MVPLS.
In network mode, the VPLS service type must be R-VPLS; no other VPLS service is allowed.
In access-uplink mode, MVR from an R-VPLS SAP to another SAP is not supported.
In access-uplink mode, default QinQ SAPs are not supported in an R-VPLS service.
In network mode, MVR from an R-VPLS SAP to another R-VPLS SAP is supported. See R-VPLS and IGMPv3 snooping for more information.
The allow-ip-int-binding command cannot be used in a VPLS service that is acting as the G.8032 control instance.
IP (IPv4 and IPv6) filters (ingress and egress) can be used with R-VPLS SAPs. Additionally, IP ingress override filters are supported, which affects the behavior of the IP filters attached to the R-VPLS SAPs.
MAC filters (ingress and egress) are supported with R-VPLS SAPs only on the 7210 SAS-Mxp.
In access-uplink mode, a VPLS IP interface is not allowed in an R-VPLS service, and an R-VPLS service/SAP cannot be configured with a VPLS IP interface.
In access-uplink mode, the VPLS service can be configured with either access SAPs or access-uplink SAPs. In network mode, the VPLS service can be configured only with access SAPs or with SAPs on hybrid ports.
In access-uplink mode, the VPLS service can use the following svc-sap-type values: any, dot1q-preserve, and null-star. Only specific SAP combinations are allowed for a specific svc-sap-type. Allowed SAP combinations are similar to those for plain VPLS service, except that default QinQ SAPs are not supported.
In network mode, the VPLS service can use the following svc-sap-type values: any, null-star, and dot1q-preserve.
G.8032 or MVPLS/STP based protection mechanisms can be used with an R-VPLS service. A separate G.8032 control instance or a separate MVPLS/STP instance must be used and the R-VPLS SAPs must be associated with these control instances such that the R-VPLS SAP forwarding state is driven by the control instance protocols.
IP multicast is not supported in an R-VPLS service.
IGMP snooping is supported in an R-VPLS service for 7210 SAS-T (network mode), 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-S, and 7210 SAS-Sx.
In access-uplink mode, DHCP snooping is not supported for the SAPs configured in an R-VPLS service. Instead, DHCP relay can be enabled on the IES service associated with the R-VPLS service.
In network mode, only on 7210 SAS-Mxp, DHCP IPv6 relay can be enabled on the IES service and VPRN service associated with the R-VPLS service. DHCPv6 snooping is not supported.
In network mode, DHCP snooping is not supported for the SAPs configured in an R-VPLS service. Instead, DHCP relay (IPv4) can be enabled on the IES service associated with the R-VPLS service.
In network mode, R-VPLS SAPs are allowed on access ports and hybrid ports.
In network mode, an R-VPLS SAP drops packets received with extra tags. That is, if a packet is received on an R-VPLS SAP, with the number of tags greater than the SAP tags to which it is mapped, then it is dropped. This is true for all supported encapsulations (that is, null, dot1q, and QinQ encapsulations) of the port. For example, double-tagged packets received on a Dot1q SAP configured in an R-VPLS service is dropped on ingress.
In the saved configuration file, for the R-VPLS service, the R-VPLS service instance appears twice, once for service creation and once with all the other configuration parameters. This is required to resolve references to the R-VPLS service and to execute the configuration without any errors.
VPLS SAP ingress IP filter override
When an IP Interface is attached to a VPLS service context, the VPLS SAP provisioned IP filter for ingress routed packets may be optionally overridden to provide special ingress filtering for routed packets. This allows different filtering for routed packets and non-routed packets. The filter override is defined on the IP interface bound to the VPLS service name. A separate override filter may be specified for IPv4 packet types.
If a filter for a specific packet type (IP) is not overridden, the SAP-specified filter is applied to the packet (if defined).
The following tables list ACL lookup behavior with and without Ingress Override filter attached to an IES interface in an R-VPLS service.
Type of traffic |
SAP ingress IPv4 filter |
SAP egress IPv4 filter |
Ingress override IPv4 filter |
---|---|---|---|
Destination MAC != IES IP interface MAC |
Yes |
Yes |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and Destination IP on same subnet as IES interface |
No |
No |
Yes |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and destination IP not on same subnet as IES IP interface and route to destination IP does not exist |
No |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and destination IP not on same subnet as IES IP interface and route to destination IP exists |
No |
No |
Yes |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IP TTL = 1 |
No |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IPv4 packet with Options |
No |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IPv4 Multicast packet |
No |
No |
No |
Type of traffic |
SAP ingress IPv4 filter |
SAP egress IPv4 filter |
---|---|---|
Destination MAC != IES IP interface MAC |
Yes |
Yes |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and Destination IP on same subnet as IES IP interface |
Yes |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and destination IP not on same subnet as IES IP interface and route to destination IP does not exist |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and destination IP not on same subnet as IES IP interface and route to destination IP exists |
Yes |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IP TTL = 1 |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IPv4 packet with Options |
No |
No |
Destination MAC = IES IP interface MAC and IPv4 Multicast packet |
No |
No |
QoS support for VPLS SAPs and IP interface in a R-VPLS service
The follows information describes QoS support for VPLS SAPs and IP interface in an R-VPLS service:
-
SAP ingress classification (IPv4, IPv6, and MAC criteria) is supported for SAPs configured in the service. SAP ingress policies cannot be associated with IES IP interface.
-
On 7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE, and 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, egress port-based queuing and shaping are available. It is shared among all the SAPs on the port.
-
On 7210 SAS-Mxp, when the node is operating in SAP based queuing mode, unicast traffic sent out of R-VPLS SAPs uses SAP based egress queues while BUM traffic sent out of R-VPLS SAPs uses per port egress queues. When the node is operating in port based queuing mode, both unicast and BUM traffic sent out of R-VPLS SAPS uses per port egress queues. For more information, see the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Quality of Service Guide.
-
Port based Egress Marking is supported for both routed packets and bridged packets. The existing access egress QoS policy can be used for Dot1p marking and DSCP marking.
-
In access-uplink mode, IES IP interface bound to R-VPLS services, IES IP interface on access SAPs, and IES IP interface on access-uplink SAPs are designed for use with inband management of the node. Consequently, they share a common set of queues for CPU-bound management traffic. All CPU bound traffic is policed to predefined rates before being queued into CPU queues for application processing. The system uses meters per application or a set of applications. It does not allocate meters per IP interface. The possibility of CPU overloading has been reduced by use of these mechanisms. Users must use appropriate security policies either on the node or in the network to ensure that this does not happen.
R-VPLS and routing protocols support
In access-uplink mode, R-VPLS is supported only in the base routing instance. Only IPv4 addressing support is available for IES interfaces associated with a R-VPLS service.
In network mode, R-VPLS is supported in both base routing instances (IES) and VPRN services. IPv4 and IPv6 addressing support is available for IES and VPRN IP interfaces associated with a R-VPLS service.
The following table lists the support available for routing protocols on IP interfaces bound to a VPLS service in access-uplink mode and network mode.
Services |
Access-uplink |
Network |
---|---|---|
Static-routing |
Supported |
Supported |
BGP |
Not Supported |
Supported |
OSPF |
Not Supported |
Supported |
ISIS |
Not Supported |
Supported |
BFD |
Not Supported |
Supported |
VRRP |
Not Supported |
Supported |
ARP and Proxy-Arp |
ARP is supported |
Both are supported |
DHCP Relay1 |
Supported |
Supported |
DHCPv6 Relay |
Not Supported |
Supported only on the 7210 SAS-Mxp operating in network mode |
Spanning tree and split horizon
The R-VPLS context supports all spanning tree capabilities that a non R-VPLS service supports. Service-based SHGs are not supported in an R-VPLS context.
R-VPLS MAC ACLs
This feature is supported only on the 7210 SAS-Mxp.
Operators deploy R-VPLS in enterprise networks on 7210 SAS nodes to provide Layer 2 and Layer 3 connectivity to end devices. To restrict access to the network, operators can use MAC ACLs to selectively allow traffic for specific MAC addresses and drop all other traffic, or the other way around.
Configure filter mac mac-filter-id in the config>service>vpls>sap>egress and config>service>vpls>sap>ingress contexts to associate an existing MAC filter policy with an R-VPLS service.
The following figure shows an example of an R-VPLS service that provides routed and bridging services to end devices connected to the enterprise LAN and that uses MAC ACLs to restrict traffic.
R-VPLS features supported with MAC ACLs
This following information describes R-VPLS feature support in conjunction with MAC ACLs:
MAC criteria are supported with the following features in an R-VPLS service:
SAP ingress and egress for both bridged and routed packets with drop and forward action
matching for source MAC addresses, destination MAC addresses, Ethertype, and dot1p
filter entry counters and mirroring (ingress filters only)
either MAC or IP filters can be associated with SAP ingress or SAP egress; that is, they are mutually exclusive
MAC filter policies are supported in R-VPLS services associated with either an IES or VPRN service.
MAC filter policies are supported in sap-scale-mode high and low.
MAC criteria filter policies associated with R-VPLS SAP ingress and SAP egress use the resources for the ingress ACL and egress ACL resource pools configured using the system resource profile. If there are no resources allocated for MAC criteria, the association of the MAC criteria filter policy fails. That is, the user must first allocate the required resources for MAC criteria using the system resource profile before associating a MAC criteria policy with SAPs.
For routed packets, when the SAP ingress MAC filters and IP override ingress filters are configured, if the entries are matched in both filters and the drop action is configured, the drop action in either the MAC filter policy or IP override filter policy takes precedence. That is, if both the MAC filter policy and IP filter (IP override) policy match a routed packet, the packet is forwarded only if the action configured for all matched entries in both the MAC filter policy and IP filter policy is forward. Otherwise, the packet is dropped if there is a matched entry in either the MAC filter policy of IP filter policy with a drop action.If a counter is associated with both the MAC filter and IP override filter, the counter is incremented for matched entries in both the MAC filter and IP override filter. See VPLS SAP ingress IP filter override for more information about ACL behavior for IP override filters.
When an IP filter is associated with an R-VPLS SAP on ingress and an IP override filter is associated with the R-VPLS IP interface, and the R-VPLS SAP and IP interface belong to the same R-VPLS service, routed traffic is matched only with IP override filter entries. It is not matched with R-VPLS SAP ingress filter entries. See VPLS SAP ingress IP filter override for more information about ACL behavior for IP override filters.
R-VPLS and IGMPv3 snooping
This feature is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
This feature (IGMPv3 snooping in R-VPLS) extends IGMP snooping to an R-VPLS service. On 7210 SAS, VPLS services that use MPLS uplinks (network mode) support IGMP snooping with IGMP v1 and v2 only. That is, IGMP v3 is not supported, which means that only Layer 2 multicast is supported. To support source-based IP multicast, support for IGMPv3 is needed. To provide source-based IP multicast, support for IGMP snooping v1, v2, and v3 is added to R-VPLS service. The IGMPv3 snooping in R-VPLS feature gives customers an option to use an R-VPLS service without a configured IP interface association to deliver IP multicast traffic in access Layer 2 networks. Users also have an option to configure MVR service.
IGMPv3 snooping in R-VPLS is supported only for IES (not for VPRNs).
For information about IGMP snooping in the context of VPLS, see IGMP snooping in a VPLS service.
Configuration guidelines and restrictions for IGMP snooping in R-VPLS
The following items apply to IGMP snooping in R-VPLS and should be included with the regular VPLS multicast configuration guidelines (see Configuration guidelines for IGMP snooping in VPLS service and R-VPLS supported functionality and restrictions):
R-VPLS without an IP interface association can be used to emulate VPLS service with support for IGMPv3 snooping.
R-VPLS with or without IP interface association can be used for IGMPv3 snooping. If enabling MVR on the service then the service should not have an IP interface association.
IGMPv3 snooping can be enabled in the context of the R-VPLS (both with and without MVR). It cannot be enabled in regular VPLS service. Regular VPLS service supports IGMP v1 and v2 only.
MVR can be configured in an R-VPLS without an IP interface association. It can be used to leak multicast traffic to a user R-VPLS service with an IP interface configuration. Therefore, a user R-VPLS can be used to forward both unicast and multicast services.
In addition, the following list of guidelines and restrictions pertain to IGMP snooping in an R-VPLS service:
R-VPLS service can only have a single SAP per port configured in a service. That is, two SAPs on the same port cannot be configured in the same service.
Spoke-SDPs and mesh SDPs cannot be configured in an R-VPLS service.
On 7210 SAS devices, on ingress of a port, multicast traffic can be processed in the context of either igmp-snooping (Layer 2 Ethernet multicast with IGMP v1 or v2 snooping) or l3-multicast (either multicast in an Layer 3 service or IGMP snooping in an R-VPLS), but not both. That is, it is not possible to configure SAPs on the port such that one SAP is a receiver for multicast traffic to be processed by IGMP snooping, and another SAP is a receiver for multicast traffic to be processed by IP multicast in the context of Layer 3 service or R-VPLS. An option per port is available using the configure> port> ethernet> multicast-ingress {l2-mc | ip-mc} command to enable one or the other. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Interface Configuration Guide for more information about this command. By default, IGMP snooping is enabled to be backward compatible. Users need to explicitly change the IGMP snooping configuration to allow processing of received multicast traffic as IP multicast in the context of Layer 3 service or R-VPLS.
If a VPLS SAP is configured on the same port as the port on which IP multicast is enabled, then multicast traffic received on the SAP is dropped. Unicast, broadcast, and unknown-unicast packets received on the SAP are forwarded appropriately. This behavior is true only for VPLS SAPs and does not apply to VPLS SDPs, Epipe SAPs, and Epipe SDPs.
With R-VPLS multicast and when using MVR capability, a port on which receivers are present can be configured to perform either Layer 2 multicast replication (that is, no IP TTL decrement and no source MAC replacement) or Layer 3 multicast replication (that is, IP TTL is decremented and source MAC is replaced with 7210 SAS chassis MAC or IP interface MAC). An option to use either Layer 2 or Layer 3 multicast replication is available using the configure port ethernet multicast-egress {l2-switch | l3-forward} command. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Interface Configuration Guide for more information about this command. All SAPs on the port have the same behavior.
An MVR R-VPLS must be configured without an IP interface and will support Layer 2 forwarding of both unicast and multicast traffic (that is, no IP forwarding).
A user RPVLS can be configured with an IP interface and will support Layer 2 forwarding of both unicast and multicast (with (S,G) IP multicast replications) and support Layer 3 forwarding of unicast traffic.
On 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-R6, when using SAP-based egress queues and scheduler, R-VPLS BUM traffic uses per port egress queues—not per SAP egress queues.
In an MVR configuration, the svc-sap-type of the R-VPLS service that is the source (also known as MVR R-VPLS service) and the svc-sap-type of the R-VPLS service that is the sink (also known as user R-VPLS service) should match.
On 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-T, the MVR R-VPLS service configured with IGMPv3 snooping shares resources with TWAMP. An increase in one decreases the amount of resources available for the other. Contact your Nokia representative for more information about scaling of these features.
R-VPLS supported functionality and restrictions
R-VPLS supported functionality and restrictions for both access-uplink and network modes are listed as follows. The following items are applicable to both the modes, unless specified explicitly:
Static ARP cannot be configured with an IES IP interface that is associated with an R-VPLS, though static MAC can be configured in an R-VPLS service.
In access-uplink mode, only static routes are supported. No dynamic routing protocols are supported.
In network mode, both static routing and dynamic routing protocols are supported.
Whenever a VPLS FIB entry is removed either because of user action, aging or mac-move, the corresponding ARP entry whose MAC address matches that of the MAC in the FIB is removed from the ARP cache.
In access-uplink mode, R-VPLS is supported only in the base routing instance. Only IPv4 addressing support is available for IES interfaces associated with an R-VPLS service.
In network mode, R-VPLS is supported in both the base routing instance (IES) and VPRN services. IPv4 addressing support is available for IES and VPRN IP interfaces associated with an R-VPLS service.
In access-uplink mode, IPv6 addressing support is not available for IES interfaces associated with an R-VPLS service.
In network mode, only on the 7210 SAS-Mxp, IPv6 addressing support is available for IES and VPRN interfaces associated with an R-VPLS service.
In both network mode and access-uplink mode, multiple SAPs configured on the same port cannot be part of the same R-VPLS service. That is, a single service can only be configured with a single SAP on a specific port.
Service MTU configuration is not supported in the R-VPLS service.
In network mode, in any service (that is, svc-sap-type set to any), null sap accepts only untagged packets. Received tagged packets are dropped.
In network mode, MPLS protocols (for example, RSVP and LDP) cannot be enabled on an R-VPLS IP interface.
In network mode, MPLS-TP cannot use an R-VPLS IP interface.
In network mode, R-VPLS SAPs can be configured on an MC-LAG LAG.
Service-based SHGs are not supported in an R-VPLS service.
Spoke SDPs and mesh SDPs cannot be configured in an R-VPLS service.
Epipe emulation using dot1q VLAN range SAP in VPLS with G.8032
This feature is only supported on 7210 SAS-T operating in access-uplink mode.
On the node where the service originates, in addition to the access dot1q range SAP, the service needs to be configured with access-uplink SAPs on the two G.8032 ring ports. G.8032 mechanism is used to for breaking the loop in the ring and VPLS service protection. The intermediate nodes on the ring needs to use VPLS service with access-uplink SAPs on the ring ports and use the same G.8032 instance for protection, as one is used for service protection on the originating node.
The following figure shows how two business offices, served by an operator are connected in a ring network deployment using Dot1q range SAPs and a VPLS service with G.8032 for protection.
The following are the requirements to provide for an Epipe service connectivity between two business sites:
Transport all the VLANs used by the internal enterprise network of the businesses.
Support high availability for the service between the business sites by protecting against failure of the links or nodes in the ring.
To achieve connectivity between two business sites in access-uplink/Layer 2 mode is to configure SAPs for each of the individual VLANs used in the enterprise network in a VPLS service and use G.8032 for protection. The number of VLANs that was supported is limited by the number of SAPs supported on the platform.
The 7210 SAS platforms, currently support the use of Dot1q range SAPs with only Epipe services in either network/MPLS mode or access-uplink/Layer 2 mode. Dot1q range SAPs allows operators to transport a range of VLANs by providing similar service treatment (service treatment refers to forwarding decision along with encapsulation used, QoS and ACL processing, accounting, and so on) to all the VLANs configured in the range. It simplifies service configuration and allows operators to scale the number of VLANs that can be handled by the node. This took care of the need to support hundreds of VLANs using a single SAP or a small number of SAPs. When MPLS the mode is deployed in ring topology, operators have the option of using different redundancy mechanisms such as FRR, primary/secondary LSPs, Active/Standby PWs, to improve Epipe service availability. No such option is available to protect Epipe service in Layer 2 mode when deployed in a ring topology. Additionally many operators prefer G.8032 based ring protection mechanism, because a single control instance on the ring can potentially protect all the VPLS services on the ring.
This feature allows operators to deploy Epipe services in a ring topology when using Layer 2 mode, by emulating an Epipe service using a VPLS service with G.8032 protection and at the same time provides the benefits of using dot1q range SAPs. The user should ensure that the VPLS service is a point-to-point service. This is achieved by configuring a VPLS service with an access dot1q range SAP used at the customer handoff on one node in the ring and an access dot1q range SAP in a customer handoff of a VPLS service on another node (that is, at the other end of the Epipe), such that there are only two endpoints for the service in the network.
On the node where the service originates, in addition to the access dot1q range SAP, the service needs to be configured with access-uplink SAPs on the two G.8032 ring ports. G.8032 mechanism is used to for breaking the loop in the ring and VPLS service protection. The intermediate nodes on the ring needs to use VPLS service with access-uplink SAPs on the ring ports and use the same G.8032 instance for protection, as one is used for service protection on the originating node.
Epipe emulation configuration guidelines and restrictions
The VPLS service with dot1q-range SAPs uses svc-sap-type of dot1q-range and supports limited functionality in comparison to a normal VPLS service. The following list provides more information about the feature, configuration guidelines, and restrictions:
The user can define access dot1q range SAPs, which specifies a group of VLANs which receive similar service treatment; that is, forwarding behavior, SAP ingress QoS treatment and SAP (behavior similar to that available in Epipe service) and allows it to be configured in a VPLS service:
On the node, where the service originates, in addition to the access dot1q range SAP, the service should be configured with Q1.* SAPs on the two G.8032 ring ports. The access or access-uplink Q1.*SAPs can be used, but the access-uplink SAPs are recommended for use.The user cannot configure any other SAPs in the same VPLS service.
There is no special configuration required on intermediate nodes, that is, the ring nodes which do not terminate or originate the service. The nodes should be configured for providing transit VPLS service and the VPLS service must use the same G.8032 instance for protection as is used by the service on originating and terminating node.
The Epipe service on 7210, currently does not check if the inner tag received on a Q1.* SAP is within the range of the configured VLANs. VPLS service too has the same behavior.
Support for SAP Ingress QoS, Ingress and Egress ACLs, accounting, and other services, for dot1q range SAP configured in a VPLS service matches the support available in Epipe service.
G.8032 mechanism is used for loop detection in ring network and service protection. A separate VPLS service representing the G.8032 control instance must be configured and the state should be associated with this service:
Use of dot1q range SAPs to provide service on the interconnection node, in a G.8032 major-ring/sub-ring deployment, when using the virtual channel, is not supported. This restriction is not applicable when the interconnection node in a G.8032 major-ring/sub-ring is configured without a virtual channel.
mVPLS/xSTP support is available for use with Q1.* SAP on the ring ports to break the loop. This is a add-on to the G.8032 support.
Broadcast, Unknown Unicast and Multicast (BUM) traffic is flooded in the service.
Learning is enabled on the service by default, to avoid the need to flood the service traffic out of one of the ring ports, after network MAC addresses are learned. The user has an option to disable learning per service. Learning enable/disable per SAP is not supported.
MAC limiting is available per service. MAC limiting per SAP is not supported.
CFM OAM is supported. The support for UP MEPs on the dot1q range SAP in the service to be used for fault management and performance management using the CFM/Y.1731 OAM tools is available:
Only UP MEP is allowed to be configured only on the dot1q VLAN range SAPs. CFM/Y.1731 tools can be used for trouble shooting and performance measurements. User must pick a VLAN value from the range of VLANs configured for the dot1-range SAP using the CLI command config>eth-cfm>domain>association>bridge-identifier VLAN and enable the use of using the CLI command primary-vlan-enable under the MEP CLI context. It is used as the VLAN tag in the packet header for all the CFM/Y.1731 messages sent out in the context of the UP MEP.
Down MEPs and MIPs are not allowed to be configured.
Fault propagation is not supported with UP MEPs for dot1q range SAP in access-uplink mode.
CFM support is not available for SAPs on the ring ports.
IGMP snooping and MVR is not supported.
Configuring a VPLS service with CLI
This section provides information to configure VPLS services using the command line interface.
Basic configuration
The following fields require specific input (there are no defaults) to configure a basic VPLS service:
Customer ID (see Configuring customers accounts).
For a local service, configure two SAPs, specifying local access ports and encapsulation values.
For a distributed service, configure a SAP and an SDP (only for 7210 SAS devices in network mode) for each far-end node.
Local VPLS service on ALA-1
For 7210 SAS devices configured in access-uplink mode:
*A:SAS>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:10.* create
ingress
filter mac 1
exit
exit
sap 1/1/2:10.* create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:SAS>config>service>vpls#
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9001 customer 6 create
description "Local VPLS"
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/2/2:0 create
description "SAP for local service"
exit
sap 1/1/5:0 create
description "SAP for local service"
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls#
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 7 customer 7 create
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/21 create
exit
sap lag-1:700 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Distributed VPLS service between ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
shutdown
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/5:16 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
*A:ALA-2>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/5:16 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-2>config>service#
*A:ALA-3>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 9000 customer 6 create
description "This is a distributed VPLS."
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/3:33 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
spoke-sdp 2:22 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-3>config>service#
Common configuration tasks
This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to configure both local VPLS services and provides the syntax commands.
For VPLS services:
Associate VPLS service with a customer ID
Define SAPs:
Select nodes and ports
Optional - select QoS policies other than the default (configured in config>qos context)
Optional - select filter policies (configured in config>filter context)
Optional - select accounting policy (configured in config>log context)
Modify STP default parameters (optional) (see VPLS and spanning tree protocol)
Enable service
Configuring VPLS components
Creating a VPLS service
Use the following syntax to create a VPLS service.
For 7210 SAS (other than access-uplink mode):
config>service# vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create][vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls]
description description-string
no shutdown
For 7210 SAS in Access uplink mode:
config>service# vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create][ vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] <service-id> [customer <customer-id>] [create] [vpn <vpn-id>] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star|dot1q-preserve|any}] [customer-vid <vlan-id>]
description description-string
no shutdown
The following is a sample VPLS configuration output.
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 1000 customer 1 create
description "This is a VPLS with NULL SAP"
stp
shutdown
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 2000 customer 6 create
description "This is a Distributed VPLS with DOT1Q SAP"
stp
shutdown
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls#
Enabling MAC move
The mac-move feature is useful to protect against undetected loops in your VPLS topology as well as the presence of duplicate MACs in a VPLS service. For example, if two clients in the VPLS have the same MAC address, the VPLS will experience a high relearn rate for the MAC and will shut down the SAP when the threshold is exceeded.
Use the following syntax to configure mac-move parameters.
config>service# vpls service-id
[customer customer-id
] [vpn vpn-id
] [m-vpls]
mac-move
move-frequency frequency
retry-timeout timeout
no shutdown
The following is a sample of mac-move information.
*A:ALA-1# show service id 6 all
....
*A:ALA-1#
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forwarding Database specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1150 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 1000 Total Count : 1000
Learned Count : 1000 Static Count : 0
Remote Age : 900 Local Age : 300
High WaterMark : 95% Low Watermark : 90%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : True
===============================================================================
....
*A:ALA-1#
Configuring STP bridge parameters in a VPLS
Modifying some of the Spanning Tree Protocol parameters allows the operator to balance STP between resiliency and speed of convergence extremes. Modifying particular parameters must be done in the constraints of the following two formulas:
2 x (Bridge_Forward_Delay
- 1.0 seconds) >= Bridge_Max_Age
Bridge_Max_Age
>= 2 x (Bridge_Hello0_Time
+ 1.0 seconds)
STP always uses the locally configured values for the first three parameters (Admin State, Mode and Priority).
For the parameters Max Age, Forward Delay, Hello Time and Hold Count, the locally configured values are only used when this bridge has been elected root bridge in the STP domain, otherwise the values received from the root bridge are used. The exception to this rule is: when STP is running in RSTP mode, the Hello Time is always taken from the locally configured parameter. The other parameters are only used when running mode MSTP.
Bridge STP admin state
The administrative state of STP at the VPLS level is controlled by the shutdown command.
When STP on the VPLS is administratively disabled, any BPDUs are forwarded transparently through the 7210 SAS. When STP on the VPLS is administratively enabled, but the administrative state of a SAP is down, BPDUs received on such a SAP are discarded.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
no shutdown
Mode
To be compatible with the different iterations of the IEEE 802.1D standard, the 7210 SAS supports several variants of the Spanning Tree protocol:
rstp - Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) compliant with IEEE 802.1D-2004 - default mode
dot1w - compliant with IEEE 802.1w
comp-dot1w - operation as in RSTP but backwards compatible with IEEE 802.1w (this mode was introduced for interoperability with some MTU types)
mstp - compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE 802.1Q REV/D5.0-09/2005 (this mode of operation is only supported in an mVPLS)
pmstp - compliant with the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE 802.1Q REV/D3.0-04/2005 but with some changes to make it backwards compatible to 802.1Q 2003 edition and IEEE 802.1w
See section Spanning tree operating modes for more information about these modes.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp|pmstp}
Default: rstp
Bridge priority
The bridge-priority command is used to populate the priority portion of the bridge ID field within outbound BPDUs (the most significant 4 bits of the bridge ID). It is also used as part of the decision process when determining the best BPDU between messages received and sent.
All values will be truncated to multiples of 4096, conforming with IEEE 802.1t and 802.1D-2004.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
priority bridge-priority
Range: |
1 to 65535 |
Default: |
32768 |
Restore Default: |
no priority |
Max age
The max-age command indicates how many hops a BPDU can traverse the network starting from the root bridge. The message age field in a BPDU transmitted by the root bridge is initialized to 0. Each other bridge will take the message_age value from BPDUs received on their root port and increment this value by 1. The message_age therefore reflects the distance from the root bridge. BPDUs with a message age exceeding max-age are ignored.
STP uses the max-age value configured in the root bridge. This value is propagated to the other bridges by the BPDUs.
The default value of max-age is 20. This parameter can be modified within a range of 6 to 40, limited by the standard STP parameter interaction formulas.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
max-age max-info-age
Range: |
6 to 40 seconds |
Default: |
20 seconds |
Restore Default: |
no max-age |
Forward delay
RSTP, as defined in the IEEE 802.1D-2004 standards, will transition to the forwarding state by a handshaking mechanism (rapid transition), without any waiting times. If handshaking fails (for example on shared links), the system falls back to the timer-based mechanism defined in the original STP (802.1D-1998) standard.
A shared link is a link with more than two Ethernet bridges (for example, a shared 10/100BaseT segment). The port-type command is used to configure a link as point-to-point or shared (see section SAP Link Type).
For timer-based transitions, the 802.1D-2004 standard defines an internal variable forward-delay, which is used in calculating the default number of seconds that a SAP spends in the discarding and learning states when transitioning to the forwarding state. The value of the forward-delay variable depends on the STP operating mode of the VPLS instance:
In rstp mode, but only when the SAP has not fallen back to legacy STP operation, the value configured by the hello-time command is used.
In all other situations, the value configured by the forward-delay command is used.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
forward-delay seconds
Range: |
4 to 30 seconds |
Default: |
15 seconds |
Restore Default: |
no forward-delay |
Hello time
The hello-time command configures the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) STP instance.
The seconds parameter defines the default timer value that controls the sending interval between BPDU configuration messages by this bridge, on ports where this bridge assumes the designated role.
The active hello time for the spanning tree is determined by the root bridge (except when the STP is running in RSTP mode, then the hello time is always taken from the locally configured parameter).
The configured hello-time value can also be used to calculate the bridge forward delay, see Forward delay.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
hello-time hello-time
Range: |
1 to 10 seconds |
Default: |
2 seconds |
Restore Default: |
no hello-time |
Hold count
The hold-count command configures the peak number of BPDUs that can be transmitted in a period of one second.
config>service>vpls service-id# stp
hold-count count-value
Range: |
1 to 10 |
Default: |
6 |
Restore Default: |
no hold-count |
MST instances
You can create up to 15 MST-instances. They can range from 1 to 4094. By changing path-cost and priorities, you can make sure that each instance will form it's own tree within the region, therefore making sure different VLANs follow different paths.
You can assign non overlapping VLAN ranges to each instance. VLANs that are not assigned to an instance are implicitly assumed to be in instance 0, which is also called the CIST. This CIST cannot be deleted or created.
The parameter that can be defined per instance are mst-priority and vlan-range:
mst-priority
The bridge-priority for this specific mst-instance. It follows the same rules as bridge-priority. For the CIST, the bridge-priority is used.
vlan-range
The VLANs are mapped to this specific mst-instance. If no VLAN-ranges are defined in any mst-instances, then all VLANs are mapped to the CIST.
MST max hops
The mst-max-hops command defines the maximum number of hops the BPDU can traverse inside the region. Outside the region max-age is used.
MST name
The MST name defines the name that the operator gives to a region. Together with MST revision and the VLAN to MST-instance mapping, it forms the MST configuration identifier. Two bridges that have the same MST configuration identifier form a region if they exchange BPDUs.
MST revision
The MST revision together with MST-name and VLAN to MST-instance mapping define the MST configuration identifier. Two bridges that have the same MST configuration identifier form a region if they exchange BPDUs.
Configuring a VPLS SAP
A default QoS policy is applied to each ingress SAP. Additional QoS policies can be configured in the config>qos context. There are no default filter policies. Filter policies are configured in the config>filter context and must be explicitly applied to a SAP.
Local VPLS SAPs
To configure a local VPLS service, enter the sap sap-id command twice with different port IDs in the same service configuration.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
vpls 1150 customer 1 create
fdb-table-size 1000
fdb-table-low-wmark 5
fdb-table-high-wmark 80
local-age 60
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:1155 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:1150 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Distributed VPLS SAPs
Distributed VPLS is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
To configure a distributed VPLS service, you must configure service entities on originating and far-end nodes. You must use the same service ID on all ends (for example, create a VPLS service ID 9000 on ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3). A distributed VPLS consists of a SAP on each participating node and an SDP bound to each participating node.
For SDP configuration information, see Configuring an SDP. For SDP binding information, see Configuring SDP bindings.
The following is a sample configuration output of VPLS SAPs configured for ALA-1, ALA-2, and ALA-3.
*A:ALA-3>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
vpls 1150 customer 1 create
fdb-table-size 1000
fdb-table-low-wmark 5
fdb-table-high-wmark 80
local-age 60
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:1155 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:1150 create
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-3>config>service#
Configuring default QinQ SAPs to pass all traffic from access to access-uplink Port without any tag modifications
Default QinQ SAPs are only supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
The following is a sample VPLS SAP configuration output of Default QinQ SAPs.
ALA-1>config>service# vpls 9 customer 1 svc-sap-type null-star create
shutdown
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/5:*.* create
statistics
ingress
exit
exit
exit
sap 1/1/6:*.* create
statistics
ingress
exit
exit
exit
exit
Configuring SAP-specific STP parameters
When a VPLS has STP enabled, each SAP within the VPLS has STP enabled by default.
SAP STP Administrative State
The administrative state of STP within a SAP controls how BPDUs are transmitted and handled when received. The allowable states are:
SAP Admin Up
The default administrative state is
up
for STP on a SAP. BPDUs are handled in the normal STP manner on a SAP that is administratively up.SAP Admin Down
An administratively down state allows a service provider to prevent a SAP from becoming operationally blocked. BPDUs will not originate out the SAP toward the customer.
If STP is enabled on VPLS level, but disabled on the SAP, received BPDUs are discarded. Discarding the incoming BPDUs allows STP to continue to operate within the VPLS service while ignoring the down SAP. The specified SAP will always be in an operationally forwarding state.
Note:The administratively down state allows a loop to form within the VPLS.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
[no] shutdown
Range: |
shutdown or no shutdown |
Default: |
no shutdown (SAP admin up) |
SAP Virtual Port Number
The virtual port number uniquely identifies a SAP within configuration BPDUs. The internal representation of a SAP is unique to a system and has a reference space much bigger than the 12 bits definable in a configuration BPDU. STP takes the internal representation value of a SAP and identifies it with it’s own virtual port number that is unique to every other SAP defined on the VPLS. The virtual port number is assigned at the time that the SAP is added to the VPLS.
Because the order in which SAPs are added to the VPLS is not preserved between reboots of the system, the virtual port number may change between restarts of the STP instance. To achieve consistency after a reboot, the virtual port number can be specified explicitly.
config>service>vpls>sap# stp
port-num number
Range: |
1 — 2047 |
Default: |
(automatically generated) |
Restore Default: |
no port-num |
SAP Priority
SAP priority allows a configurable ‟tie breaking” parameter to be associated with a SAP. When configuration BPDUs are being received, the configured SAP priority will be used in some circumstances to determine whether a SAP will be designated or blocked.
In traditional STP implementations (802.1D-1998), this field is called the port priority and has a value of 0 to 255. This field is coupled with the port number (0 to 255 also) to create a 16 bit value. In the latest STP standard (802.1D-2004) only the upper 4 bits of the port priority field are used to encode the SAP priority. The remaining 4 bits are used to extend the port ID field into a 12 bit virtual port number field. The virtual port number uniquely references a SAP within the STP instance. See SAP Virtual Port Number for more information about the virtual port number.
STP computes the actual SAP priority by taking the configured priority value and masking out the lower four bits. The result is the value that is stored in the SAP priority parameter. For example, if a value of 0 was entered, masking out the lower 4 bits would result in a parameter value of 0. If a value of 255 was entered, the result would be 240.
The default value for SAP priority is 128. This parameter can be modified within a range of 0 to 255, 0 being the highest priority. Masking causes the values actually stored and displayed to be 0 to 240, in increments of 16.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
priority stp-priority
Range: |
0 to 255 (240 largest value, in increments of 16) |
Default: |
128 |
Restore Default: |
no priority |
SAP Path Cost
The SAP path cost is used by STP to calculate the path cost to the root bridge. The path cost in BPDUs received on the root port is incremental with the configured path cost for that SAP. When BPDUs are sent out other egress SAPs, the newly calculated root path cost is used.
STP suggests that the path cost is defined as a function of the link bandwidth. Because SAPs are controlled by complex queuing dynamics, in the 7210 SAS the STP path cost is a purely static configuration.
The default value for SAP path cost is 10. This parameter can be modified within a range of 1 to 65535, 1 being the lowest cost.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
path-cost sap-path-cost
Range: |
1 to 200000000 |
Default: |
10 |
Restore Default: |
no path-cost |
SAP Edge Port
The SAP edge-port command is used to reduce the time it takes a SAP to reach the forwarding state when the SAP is on the edge of the network, and therefore has no further STP bridge to handshake with.
The edge-port command is used to initialize the internal OPER_EDGE variable. At any time, when OPER_EDGE is false on a SAP, the normal mechanisms are used to transition to the forwarding state (see Forward delay). When OPER_EDGE is true, STP assumes that the remote end agrees to transition to the forwarding state without actually receiving a BPDU with an agreement flag set.
The OPER_EDGE variable will dynamically be set to false if the SAP receives BPDUs (the configured edge-port value does not change). The OPER_EDGE variable will dynamically be set to true if auto-edge is enabled and STP concludes there is no bridge behind the SAP.
When STP on the SAP is administratively disabled and re-enabled, the OPER_EDGE is reinitialized to the value configured for edge-port.
Valid values for SAP edge-port are enabled and disabled with disabled being the default.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
[no] edge-port
Default: no edge-port
SAP Auto Edge
The SAP edge-port command is used to instruct STP to dynamically decide whether the SAP is connected to another bridge.
If auto-edge is enabled, and STP concludes there is no bridge behind the SAP, the OPER_EDGE variable will dynamically be set to true. If auto-edge is enabled, and a BPDU is received, the OPER_EDGE variable will dynamically be set to true (see SAP Edge Port).
Valid values for SAP auto-edge are enabled and disabled with enabled being the default.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
[no] auto-edge
Default: auto-edge
SAP Link Type
The SAP link-type parameter instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges behind this SAP. If there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state will be based on handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected by a shared media, their SAPs should all be configured as shared, and timer-based transitions are used.
Valid values for SAP link-type are shared and pt-pt with pt-pt being the default.
config>service>vpls>sap>stp#
link-type {pt-pt|shared}
Default: |
link-type pt-pt |
Restore Default: |
no link-type |
MST Instances
The SAP mst-instance command is used to create MST instances at the SAP level. MST instance at a SAP level can be created only if MST instances are defined at the service level.
The parameters that can be defined per instance are mst-path-cost and mst-port-priority:
mst-path-cost
Specifies path-cost within a specific MST instance. The path-cost is proportional to link speed.
mst-port-priority
Specifies the port priority within a specific MST instance.
STP SAP Operational States
The operational state of STP within a SAP controls how BPDUs are transmitted and handled when received.
Operationally Disabled
Operationally disabled is the normal operational state for STP on a SAP in a VPLS that has any of the following conditions:
VPLS state administratively down
SAP state administratively down
SAP state operationally down
If the SAP enters the operationally up state with the STP administratively up and the SAP STP state is up, the SAP will transition to the STP SAP discarding state.
When, during normal operation, the router detects a downstream loop behind a SAP, BPDUs can be received at a very high rate. To recover from this situation, STP will transition the SAP to disabled state for the configured forward-delay duration.
Operationally Discarding
A SAP in the discarding state only receives and sends BPDUs, building the local correct STP state for each SAP while not forwarding actual user traffic. The duration of the discarding state is described in section Forward delay.
In previous versions of the STP standard, the discarding state was called a blocked state.
Operationally Learning
The learning state allows population of the MAC forwarding table before entering the forwarding state. In this state, no user traffic is forwarded.
Operationally Forwarding
Configuration BPDUs are sent out a SAP in the forwarding state. Layer 2 frames received on the SAP are source learned and destination forwarded according to the FIB. Layer 2 frames received on other forwarding interfaces and destined for the SAP are also forwarded.
SAP BPDU Encapsulation State
IEEE 802.1d (referred as dot1d) and the Cisco per VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST) BPDU encapsulations are supported on a per SAP basis. The STP is associated with a VPLS service like PVST is per VLAN. The difference between the two encapsulations is in the Ethernet and LLC framing and a type-length-value (TLV) field trailing the BPDU.The encapsulation format cannot be configured by the user, the system automatically determines the encapsulation format based on the BPDUs received on the port.
The following table shows differences between Dot1d and PVST Ethernet BPDU encapsulations based on the interface encap-type field.
Field |
dot1d encap-type null |
dot1d encap-type dot1q |
PVST encap-type null |
PVST encap-type dot1q |
---|---|---|---|---|
Destination MAC |
01:80:c2:00:00:00 |
01:80:c2:00:00:00 |
N/A |
01:00:0c:cc:cc:cd |
Source MAC |
Sending Port MAC |
Sending Port MAC |
N/A |
Sending Port MAC |
EtherType |
N/A |
0x81 00 |
N/A |
0x81 00 |
Dot1p and CFI |
N/A |
0xe |
N/A |
0xe |
Dot1q |
N/A |
VPLS SAP ID |
N/A |
VPLS SAP encap value |
Length |
LLC Length |
LLC Length |
N/A |
LLC Length |
LLC DSAP SSAP |
0x4242 |
0x4242 |
N/A |
0xaaaa (SNAP) |
LLC CNTL |
0x03 |
0x03 |
N/A |
0x03 |
SNAP OUI |
N/A |
N/A |
N/A |
00 00 0c (Cisco OUI) |
SNAP PID |
N/A |
N/A |
N/A |
01 0b |
CONFIG |
Standard 802.1d |
Standard 802.1d |
N/A |
Standard 802.1d |
TLV: Type & Len |
N/A |
N/A |
N/A |
58 00 00 00 02 |
TLV: VLAN |
N/A |
N/A |
N/A |
VPLS SAP encap value |
Padding |
As Required |
As Required |
N/A |
As Required |
Each SAP has a Read-Only operational state that shows which BPDU encapsulation is currently active on the SAP. The states are:
Dot1d
This state specifies that the switch is currently sending IEEE 802.1d standard BPDUs. The BPDUs are tagged or non-tagged based on the encapsulation type of the egress interface and the encapsulation value defined in the SAP. A SAP defined on an interface with encapsulation type Dot1q continues in the dot1d BPDU encapsulation state until a PVST encapsulated BPDU is received In which case, the SAP will convert to the PVST encapsulation state. Each received BPDU must be correctly IEEE 802.1q tagged if the interface encapsulation type is defined as Dot1q. PVST BPDUs will be silently discarded if received when the SAP is on an interface defined with encapsulation type null.
PVST
This state specifies that the switch is currently sending proprietary encapsulated BPDUs. PVST BPDUs are only supported on Ethernet interfaces with the encapsulation type set to dot1q. The SAP continues in the PVST BPDU encapsulation state until a dot1d encapsulated BPDU is received, in which case, the SAP reverts to the dot1d encapsulation state. Each received BPDU must be correctly IEEE 802.1q tagged with the encapsulation value defined for the SAP. PVST BPDUs are silently discarded if received when the SAP is on an interface defined with a null encapsulation type.
Dot1d is the initial and only SAP BPDU encapsulation state for SAPs defined on Ethernet interface with encapsulation type set to null.
Configuring VPLS SAPs with per service split horizon
Per-service split horizon groups are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
To configure a VPLS service with a split horizon group, add the split-horizon-group parameter when creating the SAP. Traffic arriving on a SAP within a split horizon group will not be copied to other SAPs in the same split horizon group.
The following is a sample VPLS configuration output with split horizon enabled.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 800 customer 6001 vpn 700 create
description "VPLS with split horizon for DSL"
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/3:100 split-horizon-group DSL-group1 create
description "SAP for residential bridging"
exit
sap 1/1/3:200 split-horizon-group DSL-group1 create
description "SAP for residential bridging"
exit
split-horizon-group DSL-group1
description "Split horizon group for DSL"
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Configuring SDP bindings
SDPs are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
VPLS provides scaling and operational advantages. A hierarchical configuration eliminates the need for a full mesh of VCs between participating devices. Hierarchy is achieved by enhancing the base VPLS core mesh of VCs with access VCs (spoke) to form two tiers. Spoke-SDPs are generally created between Layer 2 switches and placed at the Multi-Tenant Unit (MTU). The PE routers are placed at the service provider's Point of Presence (POP). Signaling and replication overhead on all devices is considerably reduced.
A spoke-SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge port where flooded traffic received on the spoke-SDP is replicated on all other ‟ports” (other spoke-SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port it was received (unless a split horizon group was defined on the spoke-SDP, see section Configuring VPLS spoke-SDPs with split horizon).
A spoke-SDP connects a VPLS service between two sites and, in its simplest form, could be a single tunnel LSP. A set of ingress and egress VC labels are exchanged for each VPLS service instance to be transported over this LSP. The PE routers at each end treat this as a virtual spoke connection for the VPLS service in the same way as the PE-MTU connections. This architecture minimizes the signaling overhead and avoids a full mesh of VCs and LSPs between the two metro networks.
A VC-ID can be specified with the SDP-ID. The VC-ID is used instead of a label to identify a virtual circuit. The VC-ID is significant between peer SRs on the same hierarchical level. The value of a VC-ID is conceptually independent from the value of the label or any other datalink specific information of the VC.
Configuring VPLS spoke-SDPs with split horizon
Split horizon groups are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
To configure spoke-SDPs with a split horizon group, add the split-horizon-group parameter when creating the spoke-SDP. Traffic arriving on a SAP or spoke-SDP within a split horizon group will not be copied to other SAPs or spoke-SDPs in the same split horizon group.
The following is a sample VPLS configuration output with split horizon enabled.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
vpls 800 customer 6001 vpn 700 create
description "VPLS with split horizon for DSL"
stp
shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 51:15 split-horizon-group DSL-group1 create
exit
split-horizon-group DSL-group1
description "Split horizon group for DSL"
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Configuring VPLS redundancy
This section describes the service management tasks.
Creating a management VPLS for SAP protection
This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to configure a management VPLS for SAP protection and provides the CLI commands, see Example configuration for protected VPLS SAP. The following tasks should be performed on both nodes providing the protected VPLS service.
Before configuring a management VPLS, first read VPLS redundancy for an introduction to the concept of management VPLS and SAP redundancy:
Create an SDP to the peer node.
Create a management VPLS.
Define a SAP in the m-vpls on the port toward the 7210 SAS. Note that the port must be dot1q. The SAP corresponds to the (stacked) VLAN on the 7210 SAS in which STP is active.
Optionally modify STP parameters for load balancing (see Configuring load balancing with management VPLS).
Create an SDP in the m-vpls using the SDP defined in Step 1. Ensure that this SDP runs over a protected LSP.
Enable the management VPLS service and verify that it is operationally up.
Create a list of VLANs on the port that are to be managed by this management VPLS.
Create one or more user VPLS services with SAPs on VLANs in the range defined by Step 6.
Creating a management VPLS for SAP protection
Use the following commands to create a management VPLS for SAP protection.
config>service# vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [m-vpls]
description description-string
sap sap-id create
managed-vlan-list
range vlan-range
stp
no shutdown
The following example shows output for a configured management VPLS.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
vpls 2000 customer 6 m-vpls create
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:100 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:200 create
exit
sap 1/1/3:300 create
managed-vlan-list
range 1-50
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Creating a management VPLS for spoke-SDP protection
SDPs are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode. For 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode, management VPLS can be used for protection of QinQ uplinks. Refer to the following example for more information.
This section provides a brief overview of the tasks that must be performed to configure a management VPLS for spoke-SDP protection and provides the CLI commands, see Example configuration for protected VPLS spoke-SDP. The following tasks should be performed on all four nodes providing the protected VPLS service.
Before configuring a management VPLS, please first read Configuring a VPLS SAP for an introduction to the concept of management VPLS and spoke-SDP redundancy:
Create an SDP to the local peer node (node ALA-A2 in Example configuration for protected VPLS spoke-SDP).
Create an SDP to the remote peer node (node ALA-B1 in Example configuration for protected VPLS spoke-SDP).
Create a management VPLS.
Create a spoke-SDP in the m-vpls using the SDP defined in Step 1. Ensure that this spoke-SDP runs over a protected LSP.
Enable the management VPLS service and verify that it is operationally up.
Create a spoke-SDP in the m-vpls using the SDP defined in Step 2.
Optionally, modify STP parameters for load balancing.
Create one or more user VPLS services with spoke-SDPs on the tunnel SDP defined by Step 2.
As long as the user spoke-SDPs created in step 7 are in this same tunnel SDP with the management spoke-SDP created in step 6, the management VPLS will protect them.
Use the following syntax to create a management VPLS for spoke-SDP protection.
config>service# sdp sdp-id mpls create
far-end ip-address
lsp lsp-name
no shutdown
vpls service-id customer customer-id [m-vpls] create
description description-string
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id create
stp
no shutdown
VPLS configuration output
*A:ALA-A1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
...
sdp 100 mpls create
far-end 10.0.0.30
lsp "toALA-B1"
no shutdown
exit
sdp 300 mpls create
far-end 10.0.0.20
lsp "toALA-A2"
no shutdown
exit
vpls 101 customer 1 m-vpls create
spoke-sdp 100:1 create
exit
spoke-sdp 300:1 create
exit
stp
exit
no shutdown
exit
...
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A1>config>service#
Configuring load Balancing with management VPLS
With the concept of management VPLS, it is possible to load balance the user VPLS services across the two protecting nodes. This is done by creating two management VPLS instances, where both instances have different active QinQ spokes (by changing the STP path-cost). When different user VPLS services are associated with either the two management VPLS services, the traffic will be split across the two QinQ spokes. Load balancing can be achieved in SAP protection scenarios.
The following figure shows an example of a configuration for load balancing with management VPLS.
Note: the STP path costs in each peer node should be reversed.
config>service# vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q | dot1q-preserve}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
description description-string
sap sap-id create
managed-vlan-list
range vlan-range
stp
no shutdown
VPLS configuration output
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
vpls 100 customer 1 m-vpls svc-sap-type dot1q create
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/2:100.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 1-10
exit
stp
path-cost 1
exit
exit
sap 1/1/3:500.* create
shutdown
managed-vlan-list
range 1-10
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 200 customer 6 m-vpls svc-sap-type dot1q create
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/2:1000.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 110-200
exit
exit
sap 1/1/3:2000.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 110-200
exit
stp
path-cost 1
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 101 customer 1 svc-sap-type dot1q create
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:100 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:1.* create
exit
sap 1/1/3:1.* create
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 201 customer 1 svc-sap-type dot1q create
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:200 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:110.* create
exit
sap 1/1/3:110.* create
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Configuring a BGP-auto-discovery
config>service# sdp-template sdp-template-id
config>service# l2-auto-bind policy-id [use-provisioned-sdp]
BGP-AD automatically creates SDP-bindings using a template to configure SDP-binding configuration parameters. Layer 2-auto-bind is a command used to initiate a template that is used by BGP-AD for PW instantiation under related VPLS instances.
The template may be referenced in the ‟service vpls bgp-ad” object and used subsequently to instantiate PWs to a remote PE and VSI instance advertised through BGP Auto-Discovery. Changes to these dynamically created objects cannot be performed directly through CLI or SNMP. There are two possible methods to initiate the change:
Configure a new ‟Layer 2-auto-bind” association under service>vpls>bgp-ad. This method is used when the existing policy is used by multiple VPLS services and only one or a few require the change.
Change the parameters of the current template. This method is used when a change in parameter is required for the majority of VPLS services that use the template.
Changes are not automatically propagated to the instantiated objects and must be done through one of two tool commands:
tools>perform>service# eval-pw-template policy-id [allow-service-impact]
tools>perform>service>id# eval-pw-template policy-id [allow-service-impact]
This command forces evaluation of changes that were made in the Layer 2-auto-bind template indicated in the command. This command can be applied to an individual VPLS service or all VPLS services that reference the template if no service is specified.
The parameters are divided into three classes:
class 1 - modified at create time only
class 2 - modified only when the object is administratively shutdown
class 3 - no restrictions
Parameters that fall into class 1 will destroy existing objects and recreate objects with the new values. Parameters in class 2 will momentarily shutdown the object, change the parameter, then re-enable the object. Class 3 can be changed without affecting the operational status of the objects of service.
For the Layer 2-auto-bind template, the parameters are treated as follows:
class 1 - adding or removing a split-horizon-group, switching between a manual and auto SDP
class 2 - changing the vc-type {ether | vlan}
class 3 - all other changes
The keyword allow-service-impact enables service impacting changes. If this keyword is not configured, an error message is generated if the parameter changes are service impacting.
Configuring load balancing with management VPLS
With the concept of management VPLS, it is possible to load balance the user VPLS services across the two protecting nodes. This is done by creating two management VPLS instances, where both instances have different active spokes (by changing the STP path-cost). When different user VPLS services are associated with either the two management VPLS services, the traffic will be split across the two spokes.
Load balancing can be achieved in both the SAP protection and spoke-SDP protection scenarios. The following figure shows an example with the following configuration.
Dut-C - Spoke-SDP
mvpls 100 MVPLS M1 Dut-A — Spoke SDP 1201:100 (STP blocked); 1401:100 Dut-B — Spoke SDP 1201:100; 2301:100
Dut-C - Spoke-SDP 1401:100; 2301:100
uvpls 101 UVPLS U1 Dut-A — Spoke SDP 1201:101; 1401:101 Dut-B — Spoke SDP 1201:101; 2301:101
Dut-C - Spoke-SDP 1401:101; 2301:101
mvpls 200 MVPLSM2 Dut-A — Spoke SDP 1202:200; 1402:200 (STP blocked) Dut-B — Spoke SDP 1202:200; 2302:200
Dut-C - Spoke-SDP 1402:200; 2302:200
uvpls 201 UVPLS U2 Dut-A — Spoke SDP 1202:201; 1402:201 Dut-B — Spoke SDP 1202:201; 2302:201 Dut-C — Spoke SDP 1402:201; 2302:201
Use the following syntax to create a load balancing across two management VPLS instances.
config>service# sdp sdp-id mpls create
far-end ip-address
lsp lsp-name
no shutdown
vpls service-id customer customer-id [m-vpls] create
description description-string
spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id create
stp
path-cost
stp
no shutdown
This following output shows example configurations for load balancing across two protected VPLS spoke-SDPs:
ALA-A configuration
The following is a sample configuration output on ALA-A.
# MVPLS 100 configs
*A:ALA-A# configure service vpls 100
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 100"
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap lag-3:100 create
description "Default sap description for service id 100"
managed-vlan-list
range 101-110
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 1201:100 create
stp
path-cost 100
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 1401:100 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 101 configs
*A:ALA-A>config>service# vpls 101
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 101"
sap lag-3:101 create
description "Default sap description for service id 101"
exit
spoke-sdp 1201:101 create
exit
spoke-sdp 1401:101 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls#
# MVPLS 200 configs
*A:ALA-A# configure service vpls 200
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 200"
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap lag-3:200 create
description "Default sap description for service id 200"
managed-vlan-list
range 201-210
exit
exit
spoke-sdp 1202:200 create
exit
spoke-sdp 1402:200 create
stp
path-cost 100
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 201 configs
*A:ALA-A>config>service# vpls 201
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 201"
sap lag-3:201 create
description "Default sap description for service id 201"
exit
spoke-sdp 1202:201 create
exit
spoke-sdp 1402:201 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-A>config>service>vpls# exit all
ALA-B configuration
The following is a sample configuration output on ALA-B (7210), the upper left node. It is configured such that it becomes the root bridge for MVPLS 100 and MVPLS 200.
# MVPLS 100 configs
*A:ALA-B# configure service vpls 100
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 100"
stp
priority 0
no shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 1201:100 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2301:100 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 101 configs
*A:ALA-B>config>service# vpls 101
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 101"
spoke-sdp 1201:101 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2301:101 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls#
# MVPLS 200 configs
*A:ALA-B# configure service vpls 200
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 200"
stp
priority 0
no shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 1202:200 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2302:200 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 201 configs
*A:ALA-B>config>service# vpls 201
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 201"
spoke-sdp 1202:201 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2302:201 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-B>config>service>vpls#
ALA-C configuration
The following is a sample configuration output on ALA-C (7210), the upper right node.
# MVPLS 100 configs
*A:ALA-C# configure service vpls 100
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 100"
stp
priority 4096
no shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 1401:100 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2301:100 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 101 configs
*A:ALA-C>config>service# vpls 101
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 101"
spoke-sdp 1401:101 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2301:101 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls#
# MVPLS 200 configs
*A:ALA-C# configure service vpls 200
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 200"
stp
priority 4096
no shutdown
exit
spoke-sdp 1402:200 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2302:200 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls#
# UVPLS 201 configs
*A:ALA-C>config>service# vpls 201
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "Default tls description for service id 201"
spoke-sdp 1402:201 create
exit
spoke-sdp 2302:201 create
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-C>config>service>vpls#
Configuring selective MAC flush
Use the following syntax to enable selective MAC Flush in a VPLS.
config>service# vpls service-id
send-flush-on-failure
Use the following syntax to disable selective MAC Flush in a VPLS.
config>service# vpls service-id
no send-flush-on-failure
Configuring load balancing with management VPLS
With the concept of management VPLS, it is possible to load balance the user VPLS services across the two protecting nodes. This is done by creating two management VPLS instances, where both instances have different active QinQ spokes (by changing the STP path-cost). When different user VPLS services are associated with either the two management VPLS services, the traffic will be split across the two QinQ spokes. Load balancing can be achieved in SAP protection scenarios.
The following figure shows an example of a configuration for load balancing with management VPLS.
The STP path costs in each peer node should be reversed.
config>service# vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create][m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | any | dot1q-preserve}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
description description-string
sap sap-id create
managed-vlan-list
range vlan-range
stp
no shutdown
The following is a sample VPLS configuration output.
*A:ALA-1>config>service# info
----------------------------------------------
vpls 100 customer 1 m-vpls svc-sap-type any create
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/2:100.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 1-10
exit
stp
path-cost 1
exit
exit
sap 1/1/3:500.* create
shutdown
managed-vlan-list
range 1-10
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 200 customer 6 m-vpls svc-sap-type any create
stp
no shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/2:1000.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 110-200
exit
exit
sap 1/1/3:2000.* create
managed-vlan-list
range 110-200
exit
stp
path-cost 1
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 101 customer 1 svc-sap-type any create
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:100 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:1.* create
exit
sap 1/1/3:1.* create
exit
no shutdown
exit
vpls 201 customer 1 svc-sap-type any create
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/1:200 create
exit
sap 1/1/2:110.* create
exit
sap 1/1/3:110.* create
exit
no shutdown
exit
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service#
Configuring IGMPv3 snooping in RVPLS
IGMPv3 snooping in RVPLS is supported only for IES (not for VPRNs).
Use the following syntax to configure IGMPv3 snooping in routed VPLS bound to an IES.
config>service# vpls service-id customer customer-id [svc-sap-type {any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] create
config>service>vpls# service-name service-name
config>service>vpls# allow-ip-int-bind
config>service>vpls>allow-ip-int-bind# exit
config>service>vpls# igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping# no shutdown
config>service>vpls# exit
config>service>vpls# sap sap-id create
config>service>vpls>sap# igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping# mrouter-port
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping# exit
config>service>vpls>sap># exit
config>service>vpls># exit
config>service# ies service-id customer customer-id create
config>service>ies# interface ip-int-name create
config>service>ies>interface# address ip-address/mask
config>service>ies>interface# vpls service-name
The following is a sample RVPLS configuration output that uses IGMPv3 snooping.
#--------------------------------------------------
echo "Port Configuration"
#--------------------------------------------------
...snip...
port 1/1/5
ethernet
mode hybrid
access
exit
encap-type dot1q
multicast-ingress ip-mc
exit
no shutdown
exit
#--------------------------------------------------
#--------------------------------------------------
echo "Service Configuration"
#--------------------------------------------------
service
customer 1 create
description "Default customer"
exit
ies 6 customer 1 create
interface "IGMP-test" create
exit
exit
....snip
vpls 3 customer 1 r-vpls svc-sap-type any create
allow-ip-int-bind
exit
stp
shutdown
exit
igmp-snooping
no shutdown
exit
service-name "GS-IGMP-Snooping"
sap 1/1/5:333 create
igmp-snooping
mrouter-port
exit
ingress
exit
egress
exit
exit
....snip
ies 6 customer 1 create
interface "IGMP-test" create
address 192.168.x.x/24
vpls "GS-IGMP-Snooping"
exit
exit
no shutdown
exit
exit
#--------------------------------------------------
Configuring BGP Auto-Discovery
This section provides important information to describe the different configuration options used to populate the required BGP AD and generate the LDP generalized pseudowire-ID FEC fields. There are a large number of configuration options that are available with the this feature. Not all these configurations option are required to start using BGP AD. At the end of this section, it will be apparent that a very simple configuration will automatically generate the required values used by BGP and LDP. In most cases, deployments will provide full mesh connectivity between all nodes across a VPLS instance. However, capabilities are available to influence the topology and build hierarchies or hub and spoke models.
Configuration steps
Using the following figure, assume PE6 was previously configured with VPLS 100 as indicated by the configurations lines in the upper right. The BGP AD process will commence after PE134 is configured with the VPLS 100 instance as shown in the upper left. This shows a very basic and simple BGP AD configuration. The minimum requirement for enabling BGP AD on a VPLS instance is configuring the VPLS-ID and point to a pseudowire template.
In many cases, VPLS connectivity is based on a pseudowire mesh. To reduce the configuration requirement, the BGP values can be automatically generated using the VPLS-ID and the MPLS router-ID. By default, the lower six bytes of the VPLS-ID are used to generate the RD and the RT values. The VSI-ID value is generated from the MPLS router-ID. All of these parameters are configurable and can be coded to suit requirements and build different topologies
A helpful command displays the service information, the BGP parameters and the SDP bindings in use. When the discovery process is completed successfully each endpoint will have an entry for the service.
PE134># show service l2-route-table
When only one of the endpoints has an entry for the service in the Layer 2-routing-table, it is most likely a problem with the RT values used for import and export. This would most likely happen when different import and export RT values are configured using a router policy or the route-target command.
Service-specific commands continue to be available to display service-specific information, including status.
PERs6# show service sdp-using
BGP AD advertises the VPLS-ID in the extended community attribute, VSI-ID in the NLRI and the local PE ID in the BGP next hop. At the receiving PE, the VPLS-ID is compared against locally provisioned information to determine whether the two PEs share a common VPLS. If it is found that they do, the BGP information is used in the signaling phase.
Configuring AS pseudowire in VPLS
In the preceding figure, pseudowire is configured on MTU.
The following is a sample configuration output on the MTU.
*A:MTU>config>service>vpls>endpoint# back
*A:MTU>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
send-flush-on-failure
stp
shutdown
exit
endpoint "vpls1" create
description "vpls1_endpoint"
revert-time 60
ignore-standby-signaling
no suppress-standby-signaling
block-on-mesh-failure
exit
sap 1/1/3 create
exit
spoke-sdp 301:1 endpoint "vpls1" create
stp
shutdown
exit
block-on-mesh-failure
exit
spoke-sdp 302:1 endpoint "vpls1" create
stp
shutdown
exit
block-on-mesh-failure
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:MTU>config>service>vpls#
Service management tasks
This section describes the service management tasks.
Modifying VPLS service parameters
You can change existing service parameters. The changes are applied immediately. To display a list of services, use the show service service-using vpls command. Enter the parameter such as description SAP and then enter the new information.
The following is a sample modified VPLS configuration output.
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls# info
----------------------------------------------
description "This is a different description."
disable-learning
disable-aging
discard-unknown
local-age 500
stp
shutdown
exit
sap 1/1/5:22 create
description "VPLS SAP"
exit
exit
no shutdown
----------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1>config>service>vpls#
Modifying management VPLS parameters
To modify the range of VLANs on an access port that is to be managed by an existing management VPLS, enter the new range first and then remove the old range. If the old range is removed before a new range is defined, all customer VPLS services in the old range will become unprotected and may be disabled.
config>service# vpls service-id
sap sap-id
managed-vlan-list
[no] range vlan-range
Deleting a management VPLS
As with normal VPLS service, a management VPLS cannot be deleted until SAPs and SDPs are unbound (deleted), interfaces are shutdown, and the service is shutdown on the service level.
Use the following syntax to delete a management VPLS service.
config>service
[no] vpls service-id
shutdown
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
[no] sap sap-id
shutdown
Disabling a management VPLS
You can shut down a management VPLS without deleting the service parameters.
When a management VPLS is disabled, all associated user VPLS services are also disabled (to prevent loops). If this is not needed, first un-manage the user VPLS service by removing them from the managed-vlan-list or moving the spoke-SDPs on to another tunnel SDP.
config>service
vpls service-id
shutdown
- Example:
config>service# vpls 1 config>service>vpls# shutdown config>service>vpls# exit
Deleting a VPLS service
A VPLS service cannot be deleted until SAPs and SDPs (not applicable for 7210 SAS-T configured in access-uplink mode) are unbound (deleted), interfaces are shutdown, and the service is shutdown on the service level.
Use the following syntax to delete a VPLS service.
config>service
[no] vpls service-id
shutdown
[no] spoke-sdp sdp-id
shutdown
sap sap-id
no sap sap-id
shutdown
Disabling a VPLS service
Use the following syntax to shut down a VPLS service without deleting the service parameters.
config>service> vpls service-id
[no] shutdown
- Example:
config>service# vpls 1 config>service>vpls# shutdown config>service>vpls# exit
Re-enabling a VPLS service
Use the following syntax to re-enable a VPLS service that was shut down.
config>service> vpls service-id
[no] shutdown
- Example:
config>service# vpls 1 config>service>vpls# no shutdown config>service>vpls# exit
VPLS services command reference
Command hierarchies
VPLS service configuration commands
Global commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- bgp
- pw-template-binding policy-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [import-rt {ext-community...(up to 5 max)}]
- no pw-template-binding policy-id
- route-target {ext-community | {[export ext-community] [import ext-community]}}
- no route-target
- vsi-export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no vsi-export
- vsi-import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
- no vsi-import
- [no] bgp-ad
- [no] shutdown
- vpls-id vpls-id
- vsi-id
- prefix low-order-vsi-id
- no prefix
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-aging
- [no] disable-learning
- [no] discard-unknown
- endpoint endpoint-name [create]
- no endpoint
- block-on-mesh-failure
- [no] block-on-mesh-failure
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] ignore-standby-signaling
- [no] mac-pinning
- max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
- no max-nbr-mac-addr
- revert-time revert-time | infinite
- no revert-time
- static-mac ieee-address [create]
- no static-mac
- [no] suppress-standby-signaling
- [no] fdb-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
- [no] fdb-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
- fdb-table-size table-size
- no fdb-table-size [table-size]
- local-age aging-timer
- no local-age
- [no] mac-move
- move-frequency frequency
- no move-frequency
- retry-timeout timeout
- no retry-timeout
- [no] shutdown
- [no] propagate-mac-flush
- remote-age aging-timer
- no remote-age
- [no] send-flush-on-failure
- service-mtu octets
- no service-mtu
- service-mtu-check octets
- no service-mtu-check
- no service-name
- [no] shutdown
- split-horizon-group group-name [create]
- description description-string
- no description
VPLS service xSTP commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- stp
- forward-delay forward-delay
- no forward-delay
- hello-time hello-time
- no hello-time
- hold-count BDPU tx hold count
- no hold-count
- max-age max-age
- no max-age
- mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp | pmstp}
- no mode
- [no] mst-instance mst-inst-number
- mst-port-priority bridge-priority
- no mst-port-priority
- [no] vlan-range vlan-range
- mst-max-hops hops-count
- no mst-max-hops
- mst-name region-name
- no mst-name
- mst-revision revision-number
- no mst-revision
- priority bridge-priority
- no priority
- [no] shutdown
VPLS service SAP DHCP snooping commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- dhcp
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] option
- action {replace | drop | keep}
- no action
- [no] circuit-id [ascii-tuple | vlan-ascii-tuple]
- [no] remote-id [mac | string string]
- [no] vendor-specific-option
- [no] client-mac-address
- [no] sap-id
- [no] service-id
- string text
- no string
- [no] system-id
- [no] shutdown
- [no] snoop
VPLS DHCPv6 snooping commands for SAP and SDP bindings
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}]
- no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
- dhcp
- [no] description description-string
- [no] shutdown
- [no] snoop [network-facing]
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- dhcp
- [no] description description-string
- [no] option
- interface-id
- interface-id ascii-tuple
- interface-id sap-id
- interface-id string string
- no interface-id
- [no] remote-id [mac | string string]
- [no] shutdown
- [no] snoop [client-facing | network-facing | both]
- [no] trusted
- spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] [split-horizon-group group-name] [use-evpn-default-shg]
- no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
- dhcp
- [no] description description-string
- [no] shutdown
- [no] snoop [network-facing]
SAP commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- accounting-policy acct-policy-id
- no accounting-policy
- bpdu-translation {auto | pvst | stp}
- no bpdu-translation
- [no] collect-stats
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-aging
- [no] disable-learning
- [no] discard-unknown-source
- eth-cfm
- mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [direction {up | down}] primary-vlan-enable
- no mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
- [no] ais-enable
- client-meg-level [level [level...]]
- no client-meg-level
- [no] description
- interval {1 | 60}
- no interval
- priority priority-value
- no priority
- [no] ccm-enable
- ccm-ltm-priority priority
- no ccm-ltm-priority
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] eth-test-enable
- bit-error-threshold bit-errors
- test-pattern {all-zeros | all-ones} [crc-enable]
- no test-pattern
- low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
- mac-address mac-address
- no mac-address
- one-way-delay-threshold seconds
- [no] shutdown
- mip [mac mac address]
- mip default-mac
- no mip
- l2pt-termination [cdp] [dtp] [pagp] [stp] [udld] [vtp] [lldp]
- no l2pt-termination
- limit-mac-move [blockable | non-blockable]
- no limit-mac-move
- [no] mac-pinning
- max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
- no max-nbr-mac-addr
- managed-vlan-list
- default-sap
- no default-sap
- no range vlan-range
- range vlan-range
- [no] shutdown
VPLS SAP QoS and filter commands (for 7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC), and 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE)
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [create] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [split-horizon-group group-name]
- sap sap-id [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- egress
- aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits] [enable-stats]
- no aggregate-meter-rate
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter ipv6 ipv6 -filter-id
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6 -filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- ingress
- aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits]
- no aggregate-meter-rate
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- qos policy-id
- no qos
VPLS SAP QoS and filter Commands (for 7210 SAS-Mxp)
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- sap sap-id [create] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [split-horizon-group group-name]
- sap sap-id [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- egress
- agg-rate-limit [cir cir-rate] [pir pir-rate]
- no agg-rate-limit
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter ipv6 ipv6 -filter-id
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6 -filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- qos policy-id
- no qos
- ingress
- aggregate-meter-rate rate-in-kbps [burst burst-in-kbits]
- no aggregate-meter-rate
- filter ip ip-filter-id
- filter [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id]
- filter mac mac-filter-id
- no filter [ip ip-filter-id] [ipv6 ipv6-filter-id] [mac mac-filter-id]
- qos policy-id [enable-table-classification]
- no qos policy-id
VPLS service and SAP IGMP snooping and MVR commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- igmp-snooping
- mvr
- description description-string
- no description
- group-policy policy-name
- no group-policy
- no shutdown
- shutdown
- query-interval interval
- no query-interval
- no query-src-ip
- query-src-ip ip-address
- no report-src-ip
- report-src-ip ip-address
- robust-count count
- no robust-count
- no shutdown
- shutdown
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- igmp-snooping
- [no] disable-router-alert-check
- [no] fast-leave
- import policy-name
- no import
- last-member-query-interval interval
- no last-member-query-interval
- max-num-groups max-num-groups
- no max-num-groups
- max-num-sources max-num-sources
- no max-num-sources
- [no] mrouter-port
- mvr
- from-vpls service-id
- no from-vpls
- to-sap sap-id
- no to-sap
- query-interval seconds
- no query-interval
- query-response-interval interval
- no query-response-interval
- robust-count count
- no robust-count
- [no] send-queries
- static
- [no] group group-address
- [no] source ip-address
- [no] starg
- version version
- no version
- mfib-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
- no mfib-table-high-wmark
- mfib-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
- no mfib-table-low-wmark
- mfib-table-size table-size
- no mfib-table-size
VPLS SAP meter override commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- ingress
- meter-override
- meter meter-id [create]
- no meter meter-id
- adaptation-rule [pir adaptation-rule] [cir adaptation-rule]
- cbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
- no cbs
- mbs size [kbits | bytes | kbytes]
- no mbs
- mode mode
- no mode
- rate cir cir-rate [pir pir-rate]
VPLS service SAP xSTP commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- stp
- [no] auto-edge
- [no] edge-port
- link-type {pt-pt | shared}
- no link-type [pt-pt | shared]
- mst-instance mst-inst-number
- mst-path-cost inst-path-cost
- no mst-path-cost
- mst-port-priority stp-priority
- no mst-port-priority
- path-cost sap-path-cost
- no path-cost
- [no] port-num virtual-port-number
- priority stp-priority
- no priority
- root-guard
- no root-guard
- [no] shutdown
- tod-suite tod-suite-name
- no tod-suite
VPLS SAP statistics commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create]
- no sap sap-id
- statistics
- ingress
- counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count}
- [no] drop-count-extra-vlan-tag-pkts
Mesh SDP commands
Mesh SDP commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- no vpls service-id
- mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}]
- no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
- accounting-policy acct-policy-id
- no accounting-policys
- [no] collect-stats
- [no] control-word
- description description-string
- no description
- egress
- no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
- eth-cfm
- mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [direction {up} {down}]
- no mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
- [no] ais-enable
- client-meg-level [[level [level...]]
- no client-meg-level
- interval {1 | 60}
- no interval
- priority priority-value
- no priority
- [no] ccm-enable
- ccm-ltm-priority priority
- no ccm-ltm-priority
- [no] description description-string
- [no] eth-test-enable
- bit-error-threshold bit-errors
- test-pattern {all-zeros | all-ones} [crc-enable]
- no test-pattern
- low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
- mac-address mac-address
- no mac-address
- one-way-delay-threshold seconds
- [no] shutdown
- [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
- hash-label
- hash-label [signal-capability]
- no hash-label
- igmp-snooping
- [no] disable-router-alert-check
- import policy-name
- no import
- last-member-query-interval interval
- no last-member-query-interval
- max-num-groups max-num-groups
- no max-num-groups
- [no] mrouter-port
- query-interval interval
- no query-interval
- query-response-interval interval
- no query-response-interval
- robust-count count
- no robust-count
- [no] send-queries
- static
- [no] group grp-ip-address
- [no] source
- version version
- no version
- ingress
- vc-label egress-vc-label
- [no] mac-pinning
- [no] static-mac ieee-address
- [no] shutdown
- statistics
- ingress
- [no] drop-count-extra-vlan-tag-pkts
- vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
- no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]
Spoke-SDP commands
Spoke-SDP commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- no vpls service-id
- spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] [split-horizon-group group-name] [use-evpn-default-shg]
- no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
- accounting-policy acct-policy-id
- no accounting-policy
- [no] block-on-mesh-failure
- bpdu-translation {auto | pvst | stp}
- no bpdu-translation
- [no] collect-stats
- [no] control-word
- description description-string
- no description
- [no] disable-aging
- [no] disable-learning
- [no] discard-unknown-source
- eth-cfm
- mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [direction {up} {down}]
- no mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index[no] ais-enable
- client-meg-level [[level [level...]]
- no client-meg-level
- interval {1 | 60}
- no interval
- priority priority-value
- no priority
- [no] ccm-enable
- ccm-ltm-priority priority
- no ccm-ltm-priority
- [no] description description string[
- no] eth-test-enable
- bit-error-threshold bit-errors
- test-pattern {all-zeros | all-ones} [crc-enable]
- no test-patternlow-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
- mac-address mac-address
- no mac-addressone-way-delay-threshold seconds
- [no] shutdown
- mip [mac mac address]
- mip default-mac
- no mip
- egress
- vc-label egress-vc-label
- no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
- [no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
- hash-label [signal-capability]
- no hash-label
- igmp-snooping
- [no] disable-router-alert-check
- import policy-name
- no import
- last-member-query-interval interval
- no last-member-query-interval
- max-num-groups max-num-groups
- no max-num-groups
- [no] mrouter-port
- query-interval interval
- no query-interval
- query-response-interval interval
- no query-response-interval
- robust-count count
- no robust-count
- [no] send-queries
- static
- [no] group group-address
- [no] source
- version version
- no version
- [no] ignore-standby-signaling
- ingress
- vc-label egress-vc-label
- no vc-label [egress-vc-label]
- l2pt-termination [cdp] [dtp] [pagp] [stp] [udld] [vtp] [lldp]
- no l2pt-termination
- no limit-mac-move [blockable | non-blockable]
- no limit-mac-move
- [no] mac-pinning
- max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
- no max-nbr-mac-addr
- precedence precedence-value | primary
- no precedence
- [no] shutdown
- [no] static-mac ieee-address
- statistics
- ingress
- [no] drop-count-extra-vlan-tag-pkts
- stp
- [no] auto-edge
- [no] edge-port
- link-type {pt-pt | shared}
- no link-type [pt-pt | shared]
- path-cost sap-path-cost
- no path-cost
- [no] port-num virtual-port-number
- priority stp-priority
- no priority
- no root-guard
- root-guard
- [no] shutdown
- vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
- no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]
Routed VPLS commands
config
- service
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
- vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
- no vpls service-id
- [no] allow-ip-int-bind
Show commands
SDP commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
show
- service
- egress-label egress-label1 [egress-label2]
- fdb-info
- fdb-mac ieee-address [expiry]
- id service-id
- all
- base [msap] [bfd]
- dhcp
- statistics [sap sap-id] [interface interface-name]
- summary [interface interface-name | saps]
- dhcp6
- statistics [interface interface-name]
- statistics sap sap-id
- statistics sdp sdp-id:vc-id
- endpoint [endpoint-name]
- fdb [sap sap-id] [expiry]] | [mac ieee-address [expiry]] | [detail] [expiry]
- igmp-snooping
- all
- base
- mvr
- mrouters [detail]
- port-db sap sap-id [detail]
- port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
- port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
- port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-address
- proxy-db [detail]
- proxy-db [group grp-ip-address]
- querier
- static [sap sap-id]
- statistics[sap sap-id | sdp sdp-ic:vc-id]
- labels
- l2pt disabled
- l2pt [detail]
- mac-move
- mfib [brief ]
- mfib [group grp-address | mstp-configuration]
- sap [sap-id [detail]]
- sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
- split-horizon-group [group-name]
- stp [detail]
- ingress-label start-label [end-label]
- sap-using [sap sap-id]
- sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
- sap-using [ingress | egress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
- sap-using [ingress | egress]
- sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-address] [detail | keep-alive-history]
- sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
- service-using [vpls]
Clear commands
SDP commands are supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
clear
- service
- id service-id
- fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id | mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id}
- igmp-snooping
- port-db sap sap-id [group grp-address]
- querier
- statistics [all | sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
- mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] ingress-vc-label
- spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id ingress-vc-label
- spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id
- stp
- detected-protocols [all | sap sap-id]
- statistics
- id service-id
- counters
- mesh-sdp [sdp-id:vc-id] {all | counters | stp}
- spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp | l2pt}
- stp
- sap sap-id {all | counters | stp}
Debug commands
debug
- service
- id service-id
Command descriptions
VPLS configuration commands
Generic commands
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>split-horizon-group (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>split-horizon-group (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Parameters
- string
-
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
shutdown
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>snooping
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp6 (supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone))
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command administratively disables an entity. When disabled, an entity does not change, reset, or remove any configuration settings or statistics.
The operational state of the entity is disabled as well as the operational state of any entities contained within. Many objects must be shut down before they may be deleted.
Services are created in the administratively down (shutdown) state. When a no shutdown command is entered, the service becomes administratively up and then tries to enter the operationally up state. Default administrative states for services and service entities is described as follows in Special Cases.
The no form of this command places the entity into an administratively enabled state.
VPLS service commands
vpls
Syntax
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | any}] [b-vpls | i-vpls | r-vpls] [b-vid vid]
no vpls service-id
Context
config>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates or edits a virtual private LAN services (VPLS) instance. The vpls command is used to create or maintain a VPLS service. If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
A VPLS service connects multiple customer sites, acting like a zero-hop Layer 2 switched domain. A VPLS is always a logical full mesh.
When a service is created, the create keyword must be specified if the create command is enabled in the environment context. When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id parameter must be specified to associate the service with a customer. The customer-id value must already exist, having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id command is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Editing a service with the incorrect customer-id value specified results in an error.
More than one VPLS service may be created for a single customer ID.
By default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the VPLS service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs and SDPs defined within the service ID have been shut down and deleted, and the service has been shut down.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7210 SAS on which this service is defined.
- customer customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
- m-vpls
Specifies a management VPLS.
- b-vpls
Specifies a PBB backbone-VPLS service, which can only be configured with SAPs. This keyword is supported only on 7210 SAS-T operating in network mode.
- i-vpls
Specifies a PBB I-VPLS service, which can only be configured with SAPs. This keyword is only supported when the svc-sap-type value any is configured. This keyword is supported only on 7210 SAS-T operating in network mode.
- create
Mandatory keyword while creating a VPLS service. Create the service instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
- svc-sap-type
Specifies the type of service and allowed SAPs in the service.
- b-vid vid
Specifies the VLAN ID to use when the svc-sap-type value is set to dot1q-preserve. This parameter is supported only when the b-vpls keyword and svc-sap-type value dot1q-preserve are configured.
- r-vpls
Specifies the VPLS instance to be associated with an IP interface to provide routed VPLS (R-VPLS) functionality. When configured with the svc-sap-type values null-star, dot1q-preserve, and any, this keyword instantiates an R-VPLS service that can be configured only with SAPs.
Note:The r-vpls keyword is not supported in access-uplink mode (that is, in access-uplink mode, a routed VPLS service can be configured without using this parameter).
vpls
Syntax
vpls service-id [customer customer-id] [create] [vpn vpn-id] [m-vpls] [svc-sap-type {null-star | dot1q-preserve | dot1q-range | any}] [customer-vid vlan-id]
no vpls service-id
Context
config>service
Platforms
Supported only on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode
Description
This command creates or maintains a virtual private LAN services (VPLS) instance. If the service-id does not exist, a context for the service is created. If the service-id exists, the context for editing the service is entered.
A VPLS service connects multiple customer sites, acting like a zero-hop, Layer 2 switched domain. A VPLS is always a logical full mesh.
When a service is created, the create keyword must be specified if the create command is enabled in the environment context. When a service is created, the customer keyword and customer-id parameter must be specified to associate the service with a customer. The customer-id value must already exist, having been created using the customer command in the service context. When a service has been created with a customer association, it is not possible to edit the customer association. The service must be deleted and recreated with a new customer association.
When a service is created, the use of the customer customer-id command is optional for navigating into the service configuration context. Editing a service with the incorrect customer-id value specified results in an error.
More than one VPLS service may be created for a single customer ID.
By default, no VPLS instances exist until they are explicitly created.
The no form of this command deletes the VPLS service instance with the specified service-id. The service cannot be deleted until all SAPs and SDPs defined within the service ID have been shut down and deleted, and the service has been shut down.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the unique service identification number identifying the service in the service domain. This ID must be unique to this service and may not be used for any other service of any type. The service-id must be the same number used for every 7210 SAS on which this service is defined.
- customer customer-id
Specifies the customer ID number to be associated with the service. This parameter is required on service creation and optional for service editing or deleting.
- create
Mandatory keyword when creating a VPLS service. This keyword is used to create the service instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled or disabled in the environment>create context.
- customer-vid vlan-id
Defines the dot1q VLAN ID to be specified while creating the local dot1q SAP for the svc-sap-type value dot1q-preserve. This parameter is supported only on platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- svc-sap-type
Specifies the type of service and allowed SAPs in the service.
bgp
Syntax
bgp
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the parameters related to BGP.
bgp-ad
Syntax
bgp-ad
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the parameters related to BGP AD.
block-on-mesh-failure
Syntax
[no] block-on-mesh-failure
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>endpoint
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables blocking (brings the entity to an operationally down state) after all configured mesh-SDPs are in the operationally down state. This event is signaled to corresponding T-LDP peer by withdrawing service label (status-bit-signaling non-capable peer) or by setting ‟PW not forwarding” status bit in T-LDP message (status-bit-signaling capable peer).
Default
disabled
bpdu-translation
Syntax
bpdu-translation {auto | pvst | stp}
no bpdu-translation
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables the translation of BPDUs to a specific format, meaning that all BPDUs transmitted on a specific SAP or spoke-SDP have a specified format.
The no form of this command reverts to the default setting.
Default
no bpdu-translation
Parameters
- auto
Specifies that appropriate format is detected automatically, based on type of bpdus received on such port.
- pvst
Specifies the BPDU-format as PVST. Note that the correct VLAN tag is included in the payload (depending on encapsulation value of outgoing SAP).
- stp
Specifies the BPDU-format as STP.
l2pt-termination
Syntax
l2pt-termination [cdp] [dtp] [pagp] [stp] [udld] [vtp] [lldp]
no l2pt-termination
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp context is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This command enables Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) termination on a specific SAP or spoke-SDP. L2PT termination is supported for CDP, DTP, PAGP, STP, UDLD, VTP, and LLDP PDUs.
This feature can be enabled only if STP is disabled in the context of the specific VPLS service.
Default
no l2pt-termination
Parameters
- cdp
Specifies the Cisco Discovery Protocol.
- dtp
Specifies the Dynamic Trunking Protocol.
- pagp
Specifies the Port Aggregation Protocol.
- stp
Specifies all spanning tree protocols: stp, rstp, mstp, pvst (default) values.
- udld
Specifies Unidirectional Link Detection.
- vtp
Specifies the VLAN Trunking Protocol.
- lldp
Specifies Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). This keyword is supported only on the 7210 SAS-Mxp.
disable-aging
Syntax
[no] disable-aging
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>pw-template
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp and config>service>pw-template contexts are not supported on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This command disables MAC address aging across a VPLS service or on a VPLS service SAP.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB). The disable-aging command turns off aging for local and remote learned MAC addresses.
When no disable-aging is specified for a VPLS, it is possible to disable aging for specific SAPs or spoke-SDPs by entering the disable-aging command at the appropriate level.
When the disable-aging command is entered at the VPLS level, the disable-aging state of individual SAPs or SDPs is ignored.
The no form of this command enables aging on the VPLS service.
Default
no disable-aging
disable-learning
Syntax
[no] disable-learning
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>pw-template
config>template>vpls-template
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>pw-template context is not supported on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This command disables learning of new MAC addresses in the VPLS forwarding database (FDB) for the service instance.
When disable-learning is enabled, new source MAC addresses is not entered in the VPLS service forwarding database.
When disable-learning is disabled, new source MAC addresses is learned and entered into the VPLS forwarding database.
This parameter is mainly used in conjunction with the discard-unknown command.
The no form of this command enables learning of MAC addresses.
Default
no disable-learning (Normal MAC learning is enabled)
discard-unknown
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
By default, packets with unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded. If discard-unknown is enabled at the VPLS level, packets with unknown destination MAC address is dropped instead (even when configured FIB size limits for VPLS or SAP are not yet reached).
The no form of this command allows flooding of packets with unknown destination MAC addresses in the VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown
endpoint
Syntax
endpoint endpoint-name [create]
no endpoint
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures a service endpoint.
Parameters
- endpoint-name
Specifies an endpoint name up to 32 characters.
- create
Mandatory keyword to create a service endpoint.
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>vpls>endpoint
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context.
The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Default
no description
Parameters
- string
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
ignore-standby-signaling
Syntax
[no] ignore-standby-signaling
Context
config>service>vpls>endpoint
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command causes the node to ignore the standby-bit received from TLDP peers for the specific spoke-SDP and performs internal tasks without taking it into account.
This command is present at endpoint level as well as spoke-SDP level. If the spoke-SDP is part of the explicit-endpoint, it is not possible to change this setting at the spoke-SDP level. The existing spoke-SDP becomes part of the explicit-endpoint only if the setting is not conflicting. The newly created spoke-SDP which is a part of the specific explicit-endpoint inherits this setting from the endpoint configuration.
Default
disabled
revert-time
Syntax
revert-time revert-time | infinite
no revert-time
Context
config>service>vpls>endpoint
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the time to wait before reverting to primary spoke-SDP.
In a regular endpoint the revert-time setting affects just the pseudowire defined as primary (precedence 0). For a failure of the primary pseudowire followed by restoration the revert-timer is started. After it expires the primary pseudowire takes the active role in the endpoint. This behavior does not apply for the case when both pseudowires are defined as secondary. For example, if the active secondary pseudowire fails and is restored it stays in standby until a configuration change or a force command occurs.
Parameters
- revert-time
Specifies the time to wait, in seconds, before reverting back to the primary spoke-SDP defined on this service endpoint, after having failed over to a backup spoke-SDP.
- infinite
Specifies that the endpoint is non-revertive.
static-mac
Syntax
static-mac ieee-address [create]
no static-mac
Context
config>service>vpls>endpoint
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command assigns a static MAC address to the endpoint. In the FDB, the static MAC is then associated with the active spoke-SDP.
Parameters
- ieee-address
Specifies the static MAC address to the endpoint.
- create
Mandatory keyword while creating a static MAC.
suppress-standby-signaling
Syntax
[no] suppress-standby-signaling
Context
config>service>vpls>endpoint
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
When this command is enabled, the pseudowire standby bit (with value 0x00000020) is not sent to T-LDP peer when the specific spoke is selected as a standby. This allows faster switchover as the traffic is sent over this SDP and discarded at the blocking side of the connection. This is particularly applicable to multicast traffic.
Default
enabled
propagate-mac-flush
Syntax
[no] propagate-mac-flush
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether MAC flush messages received from the specific LDP are propagated to all spoke and mesh SDPs within the context of this VPLS service. The propagation follows the split-horizon principle and any datapath blocking to avoid the looping of these messages.
Default
no propagate-mac-flush
fdb-table-high-wmark
Syntax
[no] fdb-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
Parameters
- high-water-mark
Specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
fdb-table-low-wmark
Syntax
[no] fdb-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
Parameters
- low-water-mark
Specifies the value to send logs and traps when the threshold is reached.
fdb-table-size
Syntax
fdb-table-size table-size
no fdb-table-size [table-size]
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the Forwarding Database (FDB) for the VPLS instance on this node.
The fdb-table-size specifies the maximum number of forwarding database entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for the VPLS instance.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
250
Parameters
- table-size
Specifies the maximum number of MAC entries in the FDB.
vsi-export
Syntax
vsi-export policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no vsi-export
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad
config>service>vpls>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the name of the VSI export policies to be used for BGP auto-discovery, if this feature is configured in the VPLS service. If multiple policy names are configured, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
The policy name list is handled by the SNMP agent as a single entity.
vsi-import
Syntax
vsi-import policy-name [policy-name...(up to 5 max)]
no vsi-import
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad>vsi-id
config>service>vpls>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the name of the VSI import policies to be used for BGP auto-discovery, if this feature is configured in the VPLS service. If multiple policy names are configured, the policies are evaluated in the order they are specified. The first policy that matches is applied.
The policy name list is handled by the SNMP agent as a single entity.
route-target
Syntax
route-target {ext-community | {[export ext-community] | [import ext-community]}}
no route-target
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad
config>service>vpls>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the route target (RT) component that is signaled in the related MPBGP attribute to be used for BGP auto-discovery, if this feature is configured in the VPLS service.
If this command is not used, the RT is built automatically using the VPLS ID. The ext-comm can have the same two formats as the VPLS ID, a two-octet AS-specific extended community, IPv4 specific extended community.
The following rules apply:
If BGP AD VPLS-id is configured and no RT is configured under BGP node - RT = VPLS-ID.
If BGP AD VPLS-id is not configured, an RT value must be configured under BGP node.
(this is the case when only BGP VPLS is configured)
If BGP AD VPLS-id is configured and an RT value is also configured under BGP node, the configured RT value prevails
Parameters
- export ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be sent to remote PE neighbors.
- import ext-community
Specifies communities allowed to be accepted from remote PE neighbors.
pw-template-binding
Syntax
pw-template-binding policy-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [import-rt {ext-community,...(up to 5 max)}]
no pw-template-binding policy-id
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad
config>service>vpls>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command binds the advertisements received with the route target (RT) that matches the configured list (either the generic or the specified import) to a specific pw-template. If the RT list is not present the pw-template is used for all of them.
The pw-template-binding applies to BGP-AD, if this feature is configured in the VPLS service.
The tools perform commands can be used to control the application of changes in pw-template for BGP-AD.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Parameters
- policy-id
Specifies an existing policy ID.
- split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the group-name that overrides the split horizon group template settings.
- import-rt ext-comm
Specifies the communities allowed to be accepted from remote PE neighbors. An extended BGP community in the type:x:y format. The value x can be an integer or IP address.
The type can be the target or origin, and x and y are 16-bit integers.
route-distinguisher
Syntax
route-distinguisher [ip-addr:comm-val | as-number:ext-comm-val]
no route-distinguisher
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad>vsi-id
config>service>vpls>bgp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the Route Distinguisher (RD) component that is signaled in the MPBGP NLRI for L2VPN AFI. This value is used for BGP-AD, if this feature is configured in the VPLS service.
If this command is not configured, the RD is automatically built using the BGP-AD VPLS ID. The following rules apply:
If BGP AD VPLS-id is configured and no RD is configured under BGP node - RD = VPLS-ID.
If BGP AD VPLS-id is not configured then an RD value must be configured under BGP node (this is the case when only BGP VPLS is configured).
If BGP AD VPLS-id is configured and an RD value is also configured under BGP node, the configured RD value prevails Values and format (6 bytes, other 2 bytes of type is automatically generated)
Parameters
- ip-addr:comm-val
Specifies the IP address.
local-age
Syntax
local-age aging-timer
no local-age
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the aging time for locally learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance. In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with are remote MACsQinQ / access-uplink SAPs.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). The local-age timer specifies the aging time for local learned MAC addresses.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
local age 300 — Local MACs aged after 300 seconds.
Parameters
- aging-timer
Specifies the aging time for local MACs expressed in seconds.
mac-move
Syntax
[no] mac-move
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures MAC move attributes. A sustained high relearn rate can be a sign of a loop somewhere in the VPLS topology. Typically, STP detects loops in the topology, but for those networks that do not run STP, the mac-move feature is an alternative way to protect your network against loops.
When enabled in a VPLS, mac-move monitors the relearn rate of each MAC. If the rate exceeds the configured maximum allowed limit, it disables the SAP where the source MAC was last seen. The SAP can be disabled permanently (until a shutdown/no shutdown command is executed) or for a length of time that grows linearly with the number of times the specific SAP was disabled. You have the option of marking a SAP as non-blockable in the config>service>vpls>sap>limit-mac-move context. This means that when the relearn rate has exceeded the limit, another (blockable) SAP is disabled instead.
The mac-move command enables the feature at the service level for SAPs, as only those objects can be blocked by this feature.
The operation of this feature is the same on the SAP. For example, if a MAC address moves from SAP to SAP, one is blocked to prevent thrashing.
The mac-move command disables a VPLS port when the number of relearns detected has reached the number of relearns needed to reach the move-frequency in the 5-second interval. For example, when the move-frequency is configured to 1 (relearn per second) mac-move disables one of the VPLS ports when 5 relearns were detected during the 5-second interval because then the average move-frequency of 1 relearn per second has been reached. This can already occur in the first second if the real relearn rate is 5 relearns per second or higher.
The no form of this command disables MAC move.
move-frequency
Syntax
move-frequency frequency
no move-frequency
Context
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the maximum rate at which MACs can be relearned in the VPLS service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MACs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
2 (when mac-move is enabled). For example, 10 relearns in a 5 second period.
Parameters
- frequency
Specifies the rate, in 5-second intervals for the maximum number of relearns.
retry-timeout
Syntax
retry-timeout timeout
no retry-timeout
Context
config>service>vpls>mac-move
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is re-enabled.
It is recommended that the retry-timeout value is larger or equal to 5s * cumulative factor of the highest priority port so that the sequential order of port blocking is not disturbed by reinitializing lower priority ports.
A zero value indicates that the SAP is not automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If, after the SAP is re-enabled it is disabled again, the effective retry timeout is doubled to avoid thrashing.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
10 (when mac-move is enabled)
Parameters
- timeout
Specifies the time, in seconds, to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is reenabled.
mfib-table-high-wmark
Syntax
[no] mfib-table-high-wmark high-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the multicast FIB high watermark. When the percentage filling level of the multicast FIB exceeds the configured value, a trap is generated and a log entry is added.
Parameters
- high-water-mark
Specifies the multicast FIB high watermark as a percentage.
mfib-table-low-wmark
Syntax
[no] mfib-table-low-wmark low-water-mark
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the multicast FIB low watermark. When the percentage filling level of the Multicast FIB drops below the configured value, the corresponding trap is cleared and a log entry is added.
Parameters
- low-water-mark
Specifies the multicast FIB low watermark as a percentage.
mfib-table-size
Syntax
mfib-table-size size
no mfib-table-size
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries in the multicast forwarding database (MFIB) for this VPLS instance.
The size parameter specifies the maximum number of multicast database entries for both learned and static multicast addresses for the VPLS instance. When a table-size limit is set on the mfib of a service which is lower than the current number of dynamic entries present in the mfib then the number of entries remains above the limit.
The no form of this command removes the configured maximum MFIB table size.
Parameters
- size
Specifies the maximum number of (s,g) entries allowed in the Multicast FIB.
remote-age
Syntax
remote-age seconds
no remote-age
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the aging time for remotely learned MAC addresses in the forwarding database (FDB) for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) instance. In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Like in a Layer 2 switch, learned MACs can be aged out if no packets are sourced from the MAC address for a period of time (the aging time). In each VPLS service instance, there are independent aging timers for local learned MAC and remote learned MAC entries in the FDB. The remote-age timer specifies the aging time for remote learned MAC addresses. To reduce the amount of signaling required between switches configure this timer larger than the local-age timer.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
remote age 900
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the aging time for remote MACs expressed in seconds.
send-flush-on-failure
Syntax
[no] send-flush-on-failure
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables sending out ‟flush-all-from-ME” messages to all LDP peers included in affected VPLS, in the event of physical port failures or ‟oper-down” events of individual SAPs. This feature provides an LDP-based mechanism for recovering a physical link failure in a dual-homed connection to a VPLS service. This method provides an alternative to RSTP solutions where dual homing redundancy and recovery, in the case of link failure, is resolved by RSTP running between a PE router and CE devices. If the endpoint is configured within the VPLS and send-flush-on-failure is enabled, flush-all-from-me messages is sent out only when all spoke-SDPs associated with the endpoint go down.
This feature cannot be enabled on management VPLS.
Default
no send-flush-on-failure
service-mtu
Syntax
service-mtu octets
no service-mtu
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the service payload (Maximum Transmission Unit – MTU), in bytes, for the service. This MTU value overrides the service-type default MTU. The service-mtu defines the payload capabilities of the service. It is used by the system to validate the SAP and SDP binding operational state within the service.
The service MTU and a SAP service delineation encapsulation overhead (that is, 4 bytes for a dot1q tag) is used to derive the required MTU of the physical port or channel on which the SAP was created. If the required payload is larger than the port or channel MTU, then the SAP is placed in an inoperative state. If the required MTU is equal to or less than the port or channel MTU, the SAP is able to transition to the operative state.
If a service MTU, port or channel MTU, or path MTU is dynamically or administratively modified, then all associated SAP and SDP binding operational states are automatically reevaluated.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
To disable service MTU check execute the command no service-mtu-check. Disabling service MTU check allows the packets to pass to the egress if the packet length is lesser than or equal to the MTU configured on the port.
Default
VPLS: 1514
The following table displays MTU values for specific VC types.
VC-type |
Example service MTU |
Advertised MTU |
---|---|---|
Ethernet |
1514 |
1500 |
Ethernet (with preserved dot1q) |
1518 |
1504 |
VPLS |
1514 |
1500 |
VPLS (with preserved dot1q) |
1518 |
1504 |
VLAN (dot1p transparent to MTU value) |
1514 |
1500 |
VLAN (QinQ with preserved bottom Qtag) |
1518 |
1504 |
Parameters
- octets
Specifies the size of the MTU in octets, expressed as a decimal integer.
service-mtu-check
Syntax
[no] service-mtu-check
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode.
Description
Disabling service MTU check allows the packets to pass to the egress if the packet length is lesser than or equal to the MTU configured on the port. The length of the packet sent from a SAP is limited only by the access port MTU. In case of a pseudowire the length of a packet is limited by the network port MTU (including the MPLS encapsulation).
If TLDP is used for signaling, the configured value for service-mtu is used during pseudowire setup.
The no form of this command disables the service MTU check.
Default
enabled
service-name
Syntax
service-name service-name
no service-name
Context
config>service>epipe
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a specific service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider/administrator to identify and manage services within the 7210 SAS platforms.
All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used o identify and reference a specific service when it is initially created.
Parameters
- service-name
Specifies a unique service name to identify the service. Service names may not begin with an integer (0-9).
split-horizon-group
Syntax
[no] split-horizon-group [group-name] [create]
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>pw-template
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a new split-horizon group (SHG) for the VPLS instance. Traffic arriving on a SAP or spoke-SDP within this SHG is not copied to other SAPs or spoke-SDPs in the same SHG.
The SHG must be created before SAPs and spoke-SDPs can be assigned to the group.
The SHG is defined within the context of a single VPLS. The same group name can be reused in different VPLS instances.
The split-horizon-group command is only supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in the network mode.
Service-based SHGs are only supported on the 7210 SAS-T, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE, and 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE operating in the network mode. On these platforms, service-based SHGs and mesh-SDPs are mutually exclusive in a VPLS service.
On the 7210 SAS-Mxp, an SHG can be used with spoke-SDPs or mesh SDPs configured in the service.
Service-based SHGs are not supported in an R-VPLS service.
The no form of this command removes the group name from the configuration.
Parameters
- group-name
Specifies the name of the SHG to which the SAP or spoke-SDP belongs.
- create
Mandatory keyword to create an SHG.
root-guard
Syntax
[no] root-guard
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether this port is allowed to become an STP root port. It corresponds to the restrictedRole parameter in 802.1Q. If set, it can cause lack of spanning tree connectivity.
Default
no root-guard
tod-suite
Syntax
tod-suite tod-suite-name
no tod-suite
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document
Description
This command applies a time-based policy (filter or QoS policy) to the service SAP. The suite name must already exist in the config>cron context.
Default
no tod-suite
Parameters
- tod-suite-name
Specifies collection of policies (ACLs, QoS) including time-ranges that define the full or partial behavior of a SAP. The suite can be applied to more than one SAP.
vpls-id
Syntax
vpls-id vpls-id
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the VPLS ID component that is signaled in one of the extended community attributes (ext-comm).
Values and format (6 bytes, other 2 bytes of type-subtype are automatically generated).
Parameters
- vpls-id
Specifies a globally unique VPLS ID for BGP auto-discovery in this VPLS service.
vsi-id
Syntax
vsi-id
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the Virtual Switch Instance Identifier (VSI-ID).
prefix
Syntax
prefix low-order-vsi-id
no prefix
Context
config>service>vpls>bgp-ad>vsi-id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the low-order 4 bytes used to compose the Virtual Switch Instance Identifier
(VSI-ID) to use for NLRI in BGP auto-discovery in this VPLS service.
If no value is set, the system IP address is used.
Default
no prefix
Parameters
- low-order-vsi-id
Specifies a unique VSI-ID.
service-name
Syntax
service-name service-name
no service-name
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures an optional service name, up to 64 characters, which adds a name identifier to a specific service to then use that service name in configuration references as well as display and use service names in show commands throughout the system. This helps the service provider/administrator to identify and manage services within the 7210 SAS platforms.
All services are required to assign a service ID to initially create a service. However, either the service ID or the service name can be used o identify and reference a specific service when it is initially created.
Parameters
- service-name
Specifies a unique service name to identify the service. Service names may not begin with an integer (0 to 9).
VPLS STP commands
stp
Syntax
stp
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) parameters.
The Nokia STP has a few modifications to better suit the operational characteristics of VPLS services. The most evident change is to the root bridge election. Because the core network operating between the Nokia service routers should not be blocked, the root path is calculated from the core perspective.
auto-edge
Syntax
auto-edge
no auto-edge
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures automatic detection of the edge port characteristics of the SAP or spoke-SDP.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
auto-edge
edge-port
Syntax
[no] edge-port
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp context is not supported on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This command configures the SAP or SDP as an edge or non-edge port. If auto-edge is enabled for the SAP, this value is used only as the initial value.
RSTP, however, can detect that the actual situation is different from what edge-port may indicate.
Initially, the value of the SAP or spoke-SDP parameter is set to edge-port. This value changes if:
A BPDU is received on that port. This means that after all there is another bridge connected to this port. Then the edge-port becomes disabled.
If auto-edge is configured and no BPDU is received within a specific period of time, RSTP concludes that it is on an edge and enables the edge-port.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no edge-port
forward-delay
Syntax
forward-delay seconds
no forward-delay
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp context is not supported on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
RSTP, as defined in the IEEE 802.1D-2004 standards, transition to the forwarding state via a handshaking mechanism (rapid transition), without any waiting times. If handshaking fails (for example, on shared links), the system falls back to the timer-based mechanism defined in the original STP (802.1D-1998) standard.
A shared link is a link with more than two nodes (for example, a shared 10/100BaseT segment). The port-type command is used to configure a link as point-to-point or shared.
For timer-based transitions, the 802.1D-2004 standard defines an internal variable forward-delay, which is used in calculating the default number of seconds that a SAP spends in the discarding and learning states when transitioning to the forwarding state.
The value of the forward-delay variable depends on the STP operating mode of the VPLS instance:
in rstp or mstp mode, but only when the SAP has not fallen back to legacy STP operation, the value configured by the hello-time command is used.
in all other situations, the value configured by the forward-delay command is used.
Default
15 seconds
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the forward delay timer for the STP instance in seconds.
hello-time
Syntax
hello-time hello-time
no hello-time
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp context is not supported on platforms configured in the access-uplink operating mode.
This command configures the STP hello time for the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) STP instance.
The hello time parameter defines the default timer value that controls the sending interval between BPDU configuration messages by this bridge, on ports where this bridge assumes the designated role.
The active hello time for the spanning tree is determined by the root bridge (except when the STP is running in RSTP mode, then the hello time is always taken from the locally configured parameter).
The configured hello-time can also be used to calculate the forward delay. See auto-edge.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
2
Parameters
- hello-time
Specifies the hello time for the STP instance in seconds.
hold-count
Syntax
hold-count BDPU tx hold count
no hold-count
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the peak number of BPDUs that can be transmitted in a period of one second.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
6
Parameters
- BDPU tx hold count
Specifies the hold count for the STP instance in seconds.
link-type
Syntax
link-type {pt-pt | shared}
no link-type
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command instructs STP on the maximum number of bridges behind this SAP. If there is only a single bridge, transitioning to forwarding state is based on handshaking (fast transitions). If more than two bridges are connected via a shared media, their SAP should all be configured as shared, and timer-based transitions are used.
The no form of this command reverts the default value.
Default
pt-pt
mst-instance
Syntax
mst-instance mst-inst-number
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures MSTI related parameters at SAP level. This context can be open only for existing mst-instances defined at the service level.
Parameters
- mst-inst-number
Specifies an existing MSTI number.
mst-path-cost
Syntax
mst-path-cost inst-path-cost
no mst-path-cost
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp>mst-instance
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This commands specifies path-cost within a specific instance. If a loop occurs, this parameter indicates the probability of a specific port being assigned a forwarding state. (The highest value expresses lowest priority).
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
The path-cost is proportional to link speed.
Parameters
- inst-path-cost
Specifies the contribution of this port to the MSTI path cost.
mst-port-priority
Syntax
mst-port-priority stp-priority
no mst-port-priority
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp>mst-instance
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This commands specifies the port priority within a specific instance. If a loop occurs, this parameter indicates the probability of a specific port being assigned a forwarding state.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
128
Parameters
- stp-priority
Specifies the value of the port priority field.
max-age
Syntax
max-age seconds
no max-age
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command indicates how many hops a BPDU can traverse the network starting from the root bridge. The message age field in a BPDU transmitted by the root bridge is initialized to 0. Each other bridge takes the message_age value from BPDUs received on their root port and increment this value by 1. The message_age therefore reflects the distance from the root bridge. BPDUs with a message age exceeding max-age are ignored.
STP uses the max-age value configured in the root bridge. This value is propagated to the other bridges via the BPDUs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
20
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the max info age for the STP instance in seconds. Allowed values are integers in the range 6 to 40.
mode
Syntax
mode {rstp | comp-dot1w | dot1w | mstp | pmstp}
no mode
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the version of STP the bridge is currently running.
See Spanning tree operating modes for more information about these modes.
The no form of this command reverts the STP variant to the default value.
Default
rstp
Parameters
- rstp
Corresponds to the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol specified in IEEE 802.1D/D4-2003.
- dot1w
Corresponds to the mode where the Rapid Spanning Tree is backward compatible with IEEE 802.1w.
- compdot1w
Corresponds to the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol fully conformant to IEEE 802.1w.
- mstp
Sets MSTP as the STP mode of operation. Corresponds to the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol specified in 802.1Q REV/D5.0-09/2005
- pmstp
Specifies the PMSTP mode, which is only supported in VPLS services where the mVPLS flag is configured.
mst-instance
Syntax
[no] mst-instance mst-inst-number
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI) related parameters. MSTP supports 16 instances. The instance 0 is mandatory (by protocol) and cannot be created by the CLI. The software automatically maintains this instance.
Parameters
- mst-inst-number
Specifies the MST instance.
mst-priority
Syntax
mst-priority bridge-priority
no mst-priority
Context
config>service>vpls>stp>mst-instance
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the bridge priority for this specific Multiple Spanning Tree Instance for this service. The bridge-priority value reflects likelihood that the switch is chosen as the regional root switch (65535 represents the least likely). It is used as the highest 4 bits of the Bridge ID included in the MSTP BPDU's generated by this bridge.
The values of the priority are only multiples of 4096 (4k). If a value is specified that is not a multiple of 4K, the value is replaced by the closest multiple of 4K (lower than the value entered).
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
32768 — All instances that are created by the vlan-range command do not have explicit definition of bridge-priority and inherits the default value.
Parameters
- bridge-priority
Specifies the priority of this specific Multiple Spanning Tree Instance for this service.
vlan-range
Syntax
[no] vlan-range [vlan-range]
Context
config>service>vpls>stp>mst-instance
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies a range of VLANs associated with a specific MST-instance. This range applies to all SAPs of the mVPLS.
Every VLAN range that is not assigned within any of the created mst-instance is automatically assigned to mst-instance 0. This instance is automatically maintained by the software and cannot be modified. Changing the VLAN range value can be performed only when the specific mst-instance is shutdown.
The no form of this command removes the vlan-range from a specific mst-instance.
Parameters
- vlan-range
The first VLAN range specifies the left-bound (that is, minimum value) of a range of VLANs that are associated with the mVPLS SAP. This value must be smaller than (or equal to) the second VLAN range value. The second VLAN range specifies the right-bound (that is, maximum value) of a range of VLANs that are associated with the mVPLS SAP.
mst-max-hops
Syntax
mst-max-hops hops-count
no mst-max-hops
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the number of hops in the region before BPDU is discarded and the information held for the port is aged out. The root bridge of the instance sends a BPDU (or M-record) with remaining-hop-count set to configured max-hops. When a bridge receives the BPDU (or M-record), it decrements the received remaining-hop-count by 1 and propagates it in BPDU (or M-record) it generates.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
20
Parameters
- hops-count
Specifies the maximum number of hops.
mst-name
Syntax
mst-name region-name
no mst-name
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command defines an MST region name. Two bridges are considered part of the same MST region when their configuration of the MST region name, the MST-revision and VLAN-to-instance assignment, is identical.
The no form of this command removes region-name from the configuration.
Default
no mst-name
Parameters
- region-name
Specifies an MST-region name up to 32 characters.
mst-revision
Syntax
mst-revision revision-number
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command defines the MST configuration revision number. Two bridges are considered as a part of the same MST region if their configured MST-region name, MST-revision, and VLAN-to-instance are identical.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
0
Parameters
- revision-number
Specifies the MSTP region revision number to define the MSTP region.
path-cost
Syntax
path-cost sap-path-cost
no path-cost
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the STP path cost for the SAP or spoke-SDP.
The path cost is used by STP to calculate the path cost to the root bridge. The path cost in BPDUs received on the root port is incremented with the configured path cost for that SAP. When BPDUs are sent out other egress SAPs or spoke-SDPs, the newly calculated root path cost is used.
STP suggests that the path cost is defined as a function of the link bandwidth. Because SAPs are controlled by complex queuing dynamics, in the 7210 SAS the STP path cost is a purely static configuration.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- path-cost
Specifies the path cost for the SAP or spoke-SDP.
port-num
Syntax
[no] port-num virtual-port-number
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>stp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the virtual port number which uniquely identifies a SAP within configuration bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). The internal representation of a SAP is unique to a system and has a reference space much bigger than the 12 bits definable in a configuration BPDU. STP takes the internal representation value of a SAP and identifies it with it’s own virtual port number that is unique to every other SAP defined on the TLS. The virtual port number is assigned at the time that the SAP is added to the TLS. Because the order that the SAP was added to the TLS is not preserved between reboots of the system, the virtual port number may change between restarts of the STP instance.
The virtual port number cannot be administratively modified.
priority
Syntax
priority bridge-priority
no priority
Context
config>service>vpls>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The bridge-priority command is used to populate the priority portion of the bridge ID field within outbound BPDUs (the most significant 4 bits of the bridge ID). It is also used as part of the decision process when determining the best BPDU between messages received and sent. All values are truncated to multiples of 4096, conforming with IEEE 802.1t and 802.1D-2004.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
4096
Parameters
- bridge-priority
Specifies the bridge priority for the STP instance.
priority
Syntax
priority stp-priority
no priority
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the Nokia STP priority for the SAP or spoke-SDP.
STP priority is a configurable parameter associated with a SAP or spoke-SDP. When configuration BPDUs are received, the priority is used in some circumstances as a tie breaking mechanism to determine whether the SAP or spoke-SDP is designated or blocked.
In traditional STP implementations (802.1D-1998), this field is called the port priority and has a value of 0 to 255. This field is coupled with the port number (0 to 255 also) to create a 16 bit value. In the latest STP standard (802.1D-2004) only the upper 4 bits of the port priority field are used to encode the SAP or spoke-SDP priority. The remaining 4 bits are used to extend the port ID field into a 12 bit virtual port number field. The virtual port number uniquely references a SAP within the STP instance.
STP computes the actual priority by taking the input value and masking out the lower four bits.The result is the value that is stored in the priority parameter. For instance, if a value of 0 is entered, masking out the lower 4 bits results in a parameter value of 0. If a value of 255 is entered, the result is 240.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
128
Parameters
- stp-priority
Specifies the STP priority value for the SAP. Allowed values are integers in the range of 0 to 255, 0 being the highest priority. The actual value used for STP priority (and stored in the configuration) is the result of masking out the lower 4 bits, therefore the actual value range is 0 to 240 in increments of 16.
VPLS SAP commands
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id [split-horizon-group group-name] [create] [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] (for 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE, 7210 SAS-Sx 10/100GE, and 7210 SAS-T (network mode), 7210 SAS Mxp)
sap sap-id [g8032-shg-enable] [eth-ring ring-index] [create] (for 7210 SAS-T (access-uplink mode))
no sap sap-id
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a Service Access Point (SAP) within a service. A SAP is a combination of port and encapsulation parameters which identifies the service access point on the interface and within the 7210 SAS. Each SAP must be unique.
A physical port can have only one SAP to be part of one service. Multiple SAPS can be defined over a physical port but each of these SAPs should belong to a different service.
All SAPs must be explicitly created. If no SAPs are created within a service or on an IP interface, a SAP does not exist on that object.
Enter an existing SAP without the create keyword to edit SAP parameters. The SAP is owned by the service in which it was created.
A SAP can only be associated with a single service. A SAP can only be defined on a port that has been configured as an access port using the config interface port-type port-id mode access command.
If a port is shutdown, all SAPs on that port become operationally down. When a service is shutdown, SAPs for the service are not displayed as operationally down although all traffic traversing the service is discarded. The operational state of a SAP is relative to the operational state of the port on which the SAP is defined.
The no form of this command deletes the SAP with the specified port. When a SAP is deleted, all configuration parameters for the SAP is also deleted.
This command is also used to create a Ring APS Control SAP or a Data SAP whose traffic is protected by a Ring APS Instance.
Special Cases
A default SAP has the following format: port-id:*. This type of SAP is supported only on Ethernet MDAs and its creation is allowed only in the scope of Layer 2 services (Epipe and VPLS).The 7210 SAS supports explicit null encapsulation for VPLS service.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- create
Keyword used to create a SAP instance. The create keyword requirement can be enabled/disabled in the environment>create context.
- g8032-shg-enable
Platforms Supported - 7210 SAS-T (access-uplink).
This command must only be used with the SAPs created in the service for the virtual channel on the interconnection nodes in a topology that uses multiple rings. This command creates a split-horizon group to ensure that Sub-Ring control messages from the major ring are only passed to the Sub-Ring control service.
- eth-ring
Keyword to create an instance of a Ring APS Control SAP or a Data SAP whose traffic is protected by a Ring APS Instance.
- ring-index
Specifies the ring index of the Ethernet ring.
- split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SAP belongs.
discard-unknown-source
Syntax
[no] discard-unknown-source
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
When this command is enabled, packets received on a SAP or a spoke-SDP with an unknown source MAC address is dropped only if the maximum number of MAC addresses for that SAP or spoke-SDP (see max-nbr-mac-addr) has been reached. If max-nbr-mac-addr has not been set for the SAP or spoke-SDP, enabling discard-unknown-source has no effect.
When disabled, the packets are forwarded based on the destination MAC addresses.
The no form of this command causes packets with an unknown source MAC address to be forwarded by destination MAC addresses in VPLS.
Default
no discard-unknown-source
VPLS service SAP DHCP snooping commands
dhcp
Syntax
dhcp
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure DHCP snooping parameters.
action
Syntax
action {replace | drop | keep}
no action
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the Relay Agent Information Option (Option 82) processing.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no action
Parameters
- replace
Specifies that in the upstream direction (from the user), the Option 82 field from the router is inserted in the packet (overwriting any existing Option 82 field). In the downstream direction (toward the user) the Option 82 field is stripped (in accordance with RFC 3046).
- drop
Specifies that a DHCP packet is dropped if an Option 82 field is present, and a counter is incremented.
- keep
Specifies that the existing information is kept in the packet and the router does not add any more information. In the downstream direction the Option 82 field is not stripped and is forwarded toward the client.
The behavior is slightly different in case of Vendor Specific Options (VSOs). When the keep parameter is specified, the router inserts its own VSO into the Option 82 field. This is only done when the incoming message has already an Option 82 field.
If no Option 82 field is present, the router does not create the Option 82 field. In this in that case, no VSO is added to the message.
circuit-id
Syntax
circuit-id [ascii-tuple | vlan-ascii-tuple]
no circuit-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
When enabled, the router sends an ASCII-encoded tuple in the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This ASCII-tuple consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and SAPID, separated by ‟|”. If no keyword is configured, then the circuit-id sub-option is not part of the information option (Option 82).
When the command is configured without any parameters, it equals to circuit-id ascii-tuple.
If disabled, the circuit-id sub-option of the DHCP packet is left empty.
By default, circuit-id is enabled if any of the other options, such as remote-id or vso, are configured.
Default
no circuit-id
Parameters
- ascii-tuple
Specifies that the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple is used which consists of the access-node-identifier, service-id, and interface-name is used.
- hex
Specifies the circuit-id hex string.
- vlan-ascii-tuple
Specifies that the format includes VLAN ID and dot1p bits as well as what is included in ascii-tuple already. The format is supported on dot1q and qinq encapsulated ports only. Therefore, when the Option 82 bits are stripped, dot1p bits are copied to the Ethernet header of an outgoing packet.
option
Syntax
[no] option
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables DHCP Option 82 (Relay Agent Information Option) parameters processing and enters the context for configuring Option 82 sub-options.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no option
remote-id
Syntax
remote-id [mac | string string]
no remote-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
When enabled, the router sends the MAC address of the remote end (typically the DHCP client) in the remote-id sub-option of the DHCP packet. This command identifies the host at the other end of the circuit.
If disabled, the remote-id sub-option of the DHCP packet is left empty.
The no form of this command reverts the system to the default.
Default
remote-id
Parameters
- mac
Specifies the MAC address of the remote end is encoded in the sub-option.
- string string
Specifies the remote-id.
vendor-specific-option
Syntax
[no] vendor-specific-option
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the vendor specific sub-option of the DHCP relay packet.
client-mac-address
Syntax
[no] client-mac-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables sending the MAC address in the vendor specific sub-option of the DHCP relay packet.
The no form of this command disables the sending of the MAC address in the vendor specific sub-option of the DHCP relay packet.
sap-id
Syntax
[no] sap-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables sending the SAP ID in the vendor specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.
The no form of this command disables the sending of the SAP ID in the vendor specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.
service-id
Syntax
[no] service-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables sending the service ID in the vendor specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.
The no form of this command disables the sending of the service ID in the vendor specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.
string
Syntax
[no] string text
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the string in the vendor specific suboption of the DHCP relay packet.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Parameters
- text
The string can be any combination of ASCII characters up to 32 characters. If spaces are used in the string, enclose the entire string in quotation marks (‟ ”).
system-id
Syntax
[no] system-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp>option>vendor
config>service>ies>if>dhcp>option>vendor
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether the system-id is encoded in the vendor specific sub-option of Option 82.
relay-plain-bootp
Syntax
relay-plain-bootp
no relay-plain-bootp
Context
config>service>vpls>if>dhcp
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables the relaying of plain BOOTP packets.
The no form of this command disables the relaying of plain BOOTP packets.
server
Syntax
server server1 [server2...(up to 8 max)]
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies a list of servers where requests are forwarded. The list of servers can be entered as either IP addresses or fully qualified domain names. There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all of the servers in the list.
There can be a maximum of eight DHCP servers configured.
Default
no server
Parameters
- server
Specifies the DHCP server IP address.
trusted
Syntax
[no] trusted
Context
config>service>ies>if>dhcp
config>service>vprn>if>dhcp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables relaying of untrusted packets.
The no form of this command disables the relay.
Default
not enabled
snoop
Syntax
[no] snoop
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables DHCP snooping of DHCP messages on the SAP. Enabling DHCP snooping on VPLS interfaces (SAPs) is required where DHCP messages where Option 82 information is to be inserted. This includes interfaces that are in the path to receive messages from either DHCP servers or from subscribers.
The no form of this command disables DHCP snooping on the specified VPLS SAP.
Default
no snoop
VPLS DHCPv6 snooping commands for SAP and SDP bindings
dhcp6
Syntax
dhcp6
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
Commands in this context configure DHCPv6 parameters.
option
Syntax
option
no option
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command enters the context for configuring option-18 (interface ID option) and option-37 (remote ID option) suboptions.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
no option
interface-id
Syntax
interface-id
interface-id ascii-tuple
interface-id sap-id
interface-id string string
interface-id vlan-ascii-tuple
no interface-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>option
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command configures the interface ID option to be inserted in the DHCPv6 client messages and sent toward the DHCPv6 server.
The no form of this command disables sending the interface ID option.
Default
Nothing is enabled by default, but if the option command is enabled but not configured explicitly the default is interface-id ascii-tuple [system-name | service-id | sap-id].
Parameters
- ascii-tuple
-
Keyword to specify the use of the ASCII-encoded concatenated tuple, which consists of the system-name, service-id, and sap-id, separated by the pipe (" | ") symbol.
- sap-id
-
Keyword to specify the use of the SAP identifier.
- string
-
Specifies a string of up to 32 characters, composed of printable, seven-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
- vlan-ascii-tuple
-
Keyword to specify that the format includes a VLAN ID and dot1p bits, in addition to the information already included in ASCII tuple. The format is supported on dot1q and qinq ports only.
remote-id
Syntax
no remote-id
remote-id
remote-id mac
remote-id string string
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>option
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command configures the information that is included in the remote ID suboption that is inserted in the DHCPv6 messages received from the client and forwarded toward the DHCPv6 sever.
If disabled, the remote-id suboption of the DHCPv6 packet is left empty. When this command is configured without any parameters, its behavior is the same as the remote-id mac option.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
If the remote-id command is enabled but not configured explicitly the default is remote-id mac.
Parameters
- mac
-
Keyword to specify that the MAC address of the remote end is encoded in the suboption.
- string
-
Specifies the remote ID, up to 32 characters.
snoop
Syntax
no snoop
snoop [network-facing]
snoop [client-facing | network-facing | both]
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>dhcp6
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>dhcp6
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command enables DHCPv6 snooping of DHCP messages on the SAP or SDP binding. DHCPv6 snooping is enabled on VPLS interfaces (SAPs or SDP bindings) and indicates where option-18 (interface ID option) and option-37 (remote ID option) information must be inserted or removed in a DHCPv6 message. This includes interfaces that are in the path to receive messages from either DHCPv6 servers or DHCPv6 clients.
The no form of this command disables DHCPv6 snooping on the specified VPLS SAP.
Default
snoop network-facing (for SDP bindings)
snoop client-facing (for SAPs)
Parameters
- client-facing
-
Keyword to specify that the service object is client-facing. On client-facing ports, only DHCPv6 client messages are processed. The parameter is only supported under the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop context.
- network-facing
-
Keyword to specify that the service object is network-facing. On network-facing ports, only DHCPv6 relay-reply messages are processed.
- both
-
Keyword to specify that the service object is both client-facing and network-facing. Specifying both indicates that DHCPv6 messages received from both the client and server/relay must be processed. The parameter is only supported under the config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6>snoop context.
trusted
Syntax
no trusted
trusted
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>dhcp6
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command enables the forwarding of relay-forward messages received on service objects configured as client-facing or both.
The no form of this command results in dropping the relay-forward messages received on service objects configured as client-facing or both.
Default
no trusted
ETH-CFM service commands
eth-cfm
Syntax
eth-cfm
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure ETH-CFM parameters.
mep
Syntax
mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [direction {up | down}] primary-vlan-enable
no mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the ETH-CFM maintenance endpoint (MEP).
Parameters
- mep-id
Specifies the maintenance association end point identifier.
- md-index
Specifies the maintenance domain (MD) index value.
- ma-index
Specifies the MA index value.
- direction up | down
Indicates the direction in which the maintenance association (MEP) faces on the bridge port. Direction is not supported when a MEP is created directly under the vpls>eth-cfm construct (vMEP).
down — Sends ETH-CFM messages away from the MAC relay entity.
up — Sends ETH-CFM messages toward the MAC relay entity.
- primary-vlan-enable
Provides a method for linking the MEP with the primary VLAN configured under the bridge-identifier for the MA. MEPs cannot be changed from or to primary vlan functions. This must be configured as part of the creation step and can only be changed by deleting the MEP and recreating it. Primary VLANs are only supported under Ethernet SAPs. This parameter is only supported on 7210 SAS-T (network mode), 7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC).
ais-enable
Syntax
[no] ais-enable
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables the generation and reception of AIS messages.
client-meg-level
Syntax
client-meg-level [[level [level ...]]
no client-meg-level
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the client maintenance entity group (MEG) levels to use for AIS message generation. Up to 7 levels can be provisioned with the restriction that the client MEG level must be higher than the local MEG level.
Parameters
- level
Specifies the client MEG level.
interval
Syntax
interval {1 | 60}
no interval
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
Parameters
- 1 | 60
Specifies the transmission interval of AIS messages in seconds.
priority
Syntax
priority priority-value
no priority
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep>ais-enable
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the priority of AIS messages originated by the node.
Parameters
- priority-value
Specifies the priority value of the AIS messages originated by the node.
ccm-enable
Syntax
[no] ccm-enable
Context
config>service>vpls>mep
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables the generation of CCM messages.
The no form of this command disables the generation of CCM messages.
ccm-ltm-priority
Syntax
ccm-ltm-priority priority
no ccm-ltm-priority
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the priority value for CCMs and LTMs transmitted by the MEP.
The no form of this command removes the priority value from the configuration.
Default
The highest priority on the bridge-port.
Parameters
- priority
Specifies the priority of CCM and LTM messages.
eth-test-enable
Syntax
[no] eth-test-enable
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
For ETH-test to work, operators need to configure ETH-test parameters on both sender and receiver nodes. The ETH-test then can be done using the following OAM commands:
oam eth-cfm eth-test mac-address mep mep-id domain md-index association ma-index [priority priority] [data-length data-length]
A check is done for both the provisioning and test to ensure that the MEP is an Y.1731 MEP (MEP provisioned with domain format none, association format icc-based). If not, the operation fails. An error message in the CLI and SNMP indicates the problem.
test-pattern
Syntax
test-pattern {all-zeros | all-ones} [crc-enable]
no test-pattern
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep>eth-test-enable
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>eth-test-enable (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep>eth-test-enable (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the test pattern for eth-test frames.
The no form of this command removes the values from the configuration.
Parameters
- all-zeros
Specifies to use all zeros in the test pattern.
- all-ones
Specifies to use all ones in the test pattern.
- crc-enable
Generates a CRC checksum.
low-priority-defect
Syntax
low-priority-defect {allDef | macRemErrXcon | remErrXcon | errXcon | xcon | noXcon}
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the lowest priority defect that is allowed to generate a fault alarm.
Default
macRemErrXcon
Values |
allDef |
DefRDICCM, DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM |
macRemErrXcon |
Only DefMACstatus, DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM |
|
remErrXcon |
Only DefRemoteCCM, DefErrorCCM, and DefXconCCM |
|
errXcon |
Only DefErrorCCM and DefXconCCM |
|
xcon |
Only DefXconCCM; or |
|
noXcon |
No defects DefXcon or lower are to be reported |
mac-address
Syntax
mac-address mac-address
no mac-address
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the MAC address of the MEP.
The no form of this command reverts the MAC address of the MEP back to that of the port (if the MEP is on a SAP) or the bridge (if the MEP is on a spoke).
Parameters
- mac-address
Specifies the MAC address of the MEP.
one-way-delay-threshold
Syntax
one-way-delay-threshold seconds
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>eth-cfm>mep (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap>eth-cfm>mep
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables/disables eth-test functionality on MEP.
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the one way delay threshold, in seconds.
limit-mac-move
Syntax
limit-mac-move [blockable | non-blockable]
no limit-mac-move
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command indicates whether the mac-move agent, when enabled using the config service vpls mac-move or config service epipe mac-move command, limits the MAC relearn (move) rate on this SAP.
Default
blockable
Parameters
- blockable
Specifies that the agent monitors the MAC relearn rate on the SAP, and it blocks it when the relearn rate is exceeded.
- non-blockable
Specifies that this SAP is not blocked and another blockable SAP is blocked instead.
mac-pinning
Syntax
[no] mac-pinning
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command disables relearning of MAC addresses on other mesh SDPs within the VPLS.
The MAC address remains attached to a specific Mesh for duration of its age-timer.
The age of the MAC address entry in the FIB is set by the age timer. If mac-aging is disabled on a specific VPLS service, any MAC address learned on a mesh with mac-pinning enabled remains in the FIB on this mesh forever. Every event that otherwise results in relearning is logged (MAC address; original - mesh SDP; new - mesh SDP).
Default
MAC pinning is not enabled by default.
max-nbr-mac-addr
Syntax
max-nbr-mac-addr table-size
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>endpoint (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the maximum number of FDB entries for both learned and static MAC addresses for this SAP, spoke-SDP or endpoint.
When the configured limit has been reached, and discard-unknown-source has been enabled for this SAP or spoke-SDP (see discard-unknown-source), packets with unknown source MAC addresses are discarded.
The no form of this command restores the global MAC learning limitations for the SAP or spoke-SDP.
Default
no max-nbr-mac-addr
Parameters
- table-size
Specifies the maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the FDB of this service.
static-mac
Syntax
[no] static-mac ieee-mac-address [create]
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a local static MAC entry in the Virtual Private LAN Service (VPLS) forwarding database (FDB) associated with the Service Access Point (SAP).
In a VPLS service, MAC addresses are associated with a Service Access Point (SAP) or with a Service Distribution Point (SDP). MACs associated with a SAP are classified as local MACs, and MACs associated with an SDP are remote MACs.
Local static MAC entries create a permanent MAC address to SAP association in the forwarding database for the VPLS instance so that MAC addresses are not learned on the edge device.
Note that static MAC definitions on one edge device are not propagated to other edge devices participating in the VPLS instance, that is, each edge device has an independent forwarding database for the VPLS.
Only one static MAC entry (local or remote) can be defined per MAC address per VPLS instance.
By default, no static MAC address entries are defined for the SAP.
The no form of this command deletes the static MAC entry with the specified MAC address associated with the SAP from the VPLS forwarding database.
Parameters
- ieee-mac-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for the static ARP in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. Allowed values are any non-broadcast, non-multicast MAC and non-IEEE reserved MAC addresses.
- create
Mandatory keyword when specifying a static MAC address.
managed-vlan-list
Syntax
managed-vlan-list
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure VLAN ranges to be managed by a management VPLS. The list indicates, for each SAP, the ranges of associated VLANs that are affected when the SAP changes state.
This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS.
default-sap
Syntax
[no] default-sap
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>managed-vlan-list
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command adds a default SAP to the managed VLAN list.
The no form of this command removes the default SAP to the managed VLAN list.
range
Syntax
[no] range vlan-range
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>managed-vlan-list
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures a range of VLANs on an access port that are to be managed by an existing management VPLS.
This command is only valid when the VPLS in which it is entered was created as a management VPLS, and when the SAP in which it was entered was created on an Ethernet port with encapsulation type of dot1q.
To modify the range of VLANs, first the new range should be entered and afterwards the old range removed. See Modifying VPLS service parameters.
Parameters
- vlan-range
Specifies the VLAN start value and VLAN end value. The end-vlan must be greater than start-vlan. The format is <start-vlan>-<end-vlan>
VPLS SAP statistics commands
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the counters associated with SAP ingress and egress.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink operating mode
Description
Commands in this context configure the ingress SAP statistics counters.
counter-mode
Syntax
counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count}
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>statistics>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink operating mode
Description
This command allows the user to set the counter mode for the counters associated with SAP ingress meters (also known as policers). A pair of counters is available with each meter. These counters count different events based on the counter mode value.
The counter mode can be changed if an accounting policy is associated with a SAP. If the counter mode is changed, the counters associated with the meter are reset and the counts are cleared. If an accounting policy is in use when the counter-mode is changed, a new record is written into the current accounting file.
Perform the following steps on the specified SAP to ensure that the correct statistics are collected when the counter-mode is changed.
Disable writing of accounting records for the SAP by executing the config service vpls sap no collect-stats command.
Change the counter-mode to the needed option by executing the config service vpls sap counter-mode {in-out-profile-count | forward-drop-count} command.
Enable writing of accounting records for the SAP by executing the config service vpls sap collect-stats command.
Default
in-out-profile-count
Parameters
- forward-drop-count
Specifies that one counter counts the forwarded packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP and another counts the dropped packets. The forwarded count is the sum of in-profile and out-of-profile packets/octets received on SAP ingress. The dropped count is count of packets/octets dropped by the policer. A packet is determined to be in-profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate parameters configured. A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the configured PIR rate. The in-profile count and out-of-profile count is not individually available when operating in this mode.
- in-out-profile-count
Specifies that one counter counts the total in-profile packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP and another counts the total out-of-profile packets and octets received on ingress of a SAP. A packet is determined to be in-profile or out-of-profile based on the meter rate parameters configured. A packet is dropped by the policer if it exceeds the configured PIR rate. Dropped counts are not maintained in hardware when this mode is used. It is obtained by subtracting the sum of in-profile count and out-of-profile count from the total SAP ingress received count and displayed.
drop-count-extra-vlan-tag-pkts
Syntax
[no] drop-count-extra-vlan-tag-pkts
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>statistics>ingress
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>statistics>ingress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>statistics>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command associates a counter which enables the counting of extra VLAN-tag dropped packets for the SAP, spoke-SDP, or mesh SDP. A limited amount of such counters are available for use.
The no form of this command removes the associated counter.
VPLS filter and QoS policy commands
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure egress filter policies.
If no egress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>ies>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SAP QoS policies and filter policies.
If no SAP-ingress QoS policy is defined, the system default SAP-ingress QoS policy is used for ingress processing. If no ingress filter is defined, no filtering is performed.
agg-rate-limit
Syntax
agg-rate-limit [cir cir-rate] [pir pir-rate]
no agg-rate-limit
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>epipe>sap>egress
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp
Description
This command defines a maximum total rate for all egress queues on a service SAP.
The port scheduler mode should be set to ‟sap-based” scheduling mode before using this command. The egress port scheduler enforces the aggregate queue rate for the SAP as it distributes its bandwidth to all the SAPs configured on the port. The port scheduler stops distributing bandwidth to member queues when it has detected that the aggregate rate limit has been reached.
A SAP aggregate scheduler is created for each instance of the SAP queues created on each of the member ports of the LAG. For a LAG, the port scheduler-mode configured for the primary port is used for all the member ports of the LAG.
The scheduler mode is specified by the scheduler-mode command. To implement the aggregate rate limit, the scheduler mode must be specified as ‟sap-based”. See the 7210 SAS-Mxp, R6, R12, S, Sx, T Interface Configuration Guide for more information about the scheduler-mode command.
The no form of this command removes the aggregate rate limit from the SAP or multi-service site.
Parameters
- cir-rate
Specifies the CIR in kilobits per second.
- pir-rate
Specifies the PIR in kilobits per second.
filter
Syntax
filter ip ip-filter-id
filter ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
filter mac mac-filter-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>egress
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>ies>sap>egress
config>service>ies>sap>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command associates an IP filter policy or MAC filter policy with an ingress or egress SAP or IP interface.
Filter policies control the forwarding and dropping of packets based on IP or MAC matching criteria. There are two types of filter policies: IP and MAC. Only one type may be applied to a SAP at a time.
The filter command is used to associate a filter policy with a specified filter ID with an ingress or egress SAP. The filter ID must already be defined before the filter command is executed. If the filter policy does not exist, the operation fails and an error message returned.
In general, filters applied to SAPs (ingress or egress) apply to all packets on the SAP. One exception is non-IP packets are not applied to IP match criteria, so the default action in the filter policy applies to these packets.
The no form of this command removes any configured filter ID association with the SAP or IP interface. The filter ID is not removed from the system.
Special Cases
- VPLS
Specifies that both MAC and IP filters are supported on a VPLS service SAP.
Parameters
- ip ip-filter-id
Specifies IP filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IP filters.
- ipv6 ipv6-filter-id
Specifies the IPv6 filter policy. The filter ID must already exist within the created IPv6 filters.
- mac mac-filter-id
Specifies the MAC filter policy. The specified filter ID must already exist within the created MAC filters.
qos
Syntax
qos policy-id
qos policy-id [enable-table-classification]
no qos policy-id
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>ingress
config>service>vpls>sap>egress (for 7210 SAS-Mxp only)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command associates a Quality of Service (QoS) policy with an ingress or egress Service Access Point (SAP).
QoS ingress policies are important for the enforcement of SLA agreements. The policy ID must be defined before associating the policy with a SAP. If the policy-id does not exist, an error is returned.
The qos command is used to associate both ingress and egress QoS policies. The qos command only allows ingress policies to be associated on SAP or IP interface ingress, and only allows egress policies on SAP or IP interface egress. Attempts to associate a QoS policy of the wrong type returns an error.
Only one ingress and one egress QoS policy can be associated with a SAP at one time. Attempts to associate a second policy of same or different type replaces the earlier one with the new policy.
SAP egress QoS policies are only supported on the 7210 SAS-Mxp.
On the 7210 SAS-Mxp (ingress), using the enable-table-classification keyword enables the use of IP DSCP tables to assign FC and profile on a per-SAP ingress basis. The match-criteria configured in the service ingress policy, which require CAM resources, are ignored. Only meters from the service ingress policy are used (and the meters still require CAM resources). The IP DSCP classification policy configured in the SAP ingress policy is used to assign FC and profile. The default FC is assigned from the SAP ingress policy.
By default, if no specific QoS policy is associated with the SAP for ingress or egress, the default QoS policy is used.
The no form of this command removes the QoS policy association from the SAP, and the QoS policy reverts to the default.
Parameters
- policy-id
The ingress or egress policy ID to associate with SAP on ingress or egress. The policy ID must already exist.
- enable-table-classification
Enables the use of table-based classification instead of CAM-based classification at SAP ingress. The FC and profile are taken from the IP DSCP classification policy configured in the ingress policy, along with the meters from the SAP ingress policy. Match-criteria entries in the SAP ingress policy are ignored.
accounting-policy
Syntax
accounting-policy acct-policy-id
no accounting-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates the accounting policy context that can be applied to a SAP.
An accounting policy must be defined before it can be associated with a SAP. If the policy-id does not exist, an error message is generated.
A maximum of one accounting policy can be associated with a SAP at one time. Accounting policies are configured in the config>log context.
The no form of this command removes the accounting policy association from the SAP, and the accounting policy reverts to the default.
Default
default accounting policy
Parameters
- acct-policy-id
Enter the accounting policy-id as configured in the config>log>accounting-policy context.
collect-stats
Syntax
[no] collect-stats
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>sap
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables accounting and statistical data collection for either the SAP, network port, or IP interface. When applying accounting policies the data, by default, is collected in the appropriate records and written to the designated billing file.
When the no collect-stats command is issued the statistics are still accumulated by the cards. However, the CPU does not obtain the results and write them to the billing file. If a subsequent collect-stats command is issued then the counters written to the billing file include all the traffic while the no collect-stats command was in effect.
Default
no collect-stats
VPLS SDP commands
mesh-sdp
Syntax
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}]
no mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command binds a VPLS service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP). Mesh SDPs bound to a service are logically treated like a single bridge ‟port” for flooded traffic where flooded traffic received on any mesh SDP on the service is replicated to other ‟ports” (spoke-SDPs and SAPs) and not transmitted on any mesh SDPs.
This command creates a binding between a service and an SDP. The SDP has an operational state, which determines the operational state of the SDP within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.
The SDP must already be defined in the config>service>sdp context to associate the SDP with a valid service. If the sdp sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id does exist, a binding between that sdp-id and the service is created.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service. If an SDP is not bound to a service, no far-end devices can participate in the service.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service. The SDP configuration is not affected; only the binding of the SDP to a service. When the SDP binding is removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Default
no sdp-id is bound to a service
Special Cases
- VPLS
Specifies that several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS. Each SDP must be destined for a different router. If two sdp-id bindings terminate on the same router, an error occurs and the second SDP binding is rejected.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier. This value is used to validate the VC ID portion of each mesh SDP binding defined in the service. The default value of this object is equal to the service ID.
- vc-type
Overrides the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value that represents the type of VC. The signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. A change of the binding VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end when signaling is enabled.
VC types are derived according to IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.
The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004.
- ether
Defines the VC type as Ethernet. The ethernet and vlan keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined, the default is Ethernet for spoke-SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke-SDP binding.
- vlan
Defines the VC type as VLAN. The ethernet and vlan keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined, the default is Ethernet for mesh SDP bindings.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] [vc-type {ether | vlan}] [create] [split-horizon-group group-name] [use-evpn-default-shg]
no spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id]
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command binds a service to an existing Service Distribution Point (SDP). A spoke-SDP is treated like the equivalent of a traditional bridge ‟port” on which flooded traffic received on the spoke-SDP is replicated on all other ‟ports” (other spoke and mesh SDPs or SAPs) and not transmitted on the port on which it was received.
The operational state of the SDP determines the SDP state within the service. For example, if the SDP is administratively or operationally down, the SDP for the service is down.
SDPs must be explicitly associated and bound to a service to allow far-end devices to participate in the service. The SDP must already exist in the config>service>sdp context before it can be associated with a VPLS service. If the sdp-id is not already configured, an error message is generated. If the sdp-id exists, a binding between the specific sdp-id and service is created.
The no form of this command removes the SDP binding from the service; the SDP configuration is not affected. When the SDP binding is removed, no packets are forwarded to the far-end router.
Special Cases
- VPLS
Several SDPs can be bound to a VPLS service. Each SDP must use a unique vc-id. An error message is generated if two SDP bindings with an identical vc-id terminate on the same router. Split-horizon groups can only be created in the scope of a VPLS service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
- create
Mandatory keyword to create a spoke-SDP.
- ether
Keyword to define the VC type as Ethernet. The ether and vlan keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined, the default is Ethernet for spoke-SDP bindings. Defining Ethernet is the same as executing no vc-type and restores the default VC type for the spoke-SDP binding (hex 5).
- vlan
Keyword to define the VC type as VLAN. The ether and vlan keywords are mutually exclusive. When the VC type is not defined, the default is Ethernet for spoke-SDP bindings.
The VLAN VC type requires at least one dot1q tag within each encapsulated Ethernet packet transmitted to the far end.
- split-horizon-group group-name
Specifies the name of the split horizon group to which the SDP belongs.
- vc-type
Keyword to override the default VC type signaled for the spoke or mesh binding to the far end of the SDP. The VC type is a 15 bit-quantity containing a value that represents the VC type. The actual signaling of the VC type depends on the signaling parameter defined for the SDP. If signaling is disabled, the vc-type command can still be used to define the dot1q value expected by the far-end provider equipment. If signaling is enabled, a change of the bindings VC type causes the binding to signal the new VC type to the far end.
VC types are derived in accordance with IETF draft-martini-l2circuit-trans-mpls.
The VC type value for Ethernet is 0x0005.
The VC type value for an Ethernet VLAN is 0x0004.
- use-evpn-default-shg
Keyword to add the spoke SDP to the default SHG, which causes the spoke SDP to behave as a mesh SDP. See Note for more information. This keyword is supported only on the 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE operating in standalone mode.
Note:This option is not blocked in a VPLS service, but it can be configured only for an EVPN-VPLS service. The default SHG is created when EVPN is enabled in the service, and all EVPN bindings are added to it by default.
egress
Syntax
egress
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure egress SDP.
ingress
Syntax
ingress
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure ingress SDP.
force-vlan-vc-forwarding
Syntax
[no] force-vlan-vc-forwarding
Context
config>service>epipe>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>pw-template
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command forces vc-vlan-type forwarding in the datapath for spoke/mesh SDPs which have either vc-type. This command is not allowed on vlan-vc-type SDPs.
The no form of this command reverts to the default value.
Default
disabled
hash-label
Syntax
hash-label [signal-capability]
no hash-label
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp, 7210 SAS-R6 IMM-b, 7210 SAS-R12 IMM-b, 7210 SAS-R6 IMM-c, 7210 SAS-R12 IMM-c, and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone and standalone-VC)
Description
This command enables the use of a hash label on a VLL or VPLS service bound to LDP or RSVP SDP, using the autobind mode with the ldp, rsvp-te, or mpls options. When this command is enabled, the ingress datapath is modified such that the result of the hash on the packet header is communicated to the egress datapath for use, as the value of the label field of the hash label. Only the hash-2 parameters are used to compute the hash label, even if the SDP is over a lag (with load-balancing set as hash-1 or hash-2) or a port. The egress datapath adds the hash label at the bottom of the stack (BoS) and sets the S-bit to one.
On the 7210 SAS, the hash label is not used on the local node for ECMP hashing and LAG hashing. It is available for use by LSR nodes, through which the traffic flows and which are capable of using the labels for hashing.
Packets generated in CPM and that are forwarded labeled within the context of a service (for example, OAM packets) must also include a Hash Label at the BoS and set the S-bit accordingly.
The TTL of the hash label is set to a value of 0.
The user enables the signaling of the hash-label capability under a VLL spoke-sdp, a VPLS spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp interface by adding the signal-capability option. In this case, the decision whether to insert the hash label on the user and control plane packets by the local PE is solely determined by the outcome of the signaling process and can override the local PE configuration. The following procedures apply when the hash-label option and the signal-capability option are enabled on the local PE:
The 7210 local PE inserts the Flow Label Interface Parameters sub-TLV with T=1 and R=1 in the PW ID FEC element in the label mapping message for that spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp.
If remote PE does not send the Flow Label sub-TLV in the PW ID FEC element, or sends a Flow Label sub-TLV in the PW ID FEC element with T=FALSE and R=FALSE, then the local node disables the hash label capability. Therefore local PE node does not insert a hash label in user and control plane packets it forwards on the spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp. It also drops user and control plane packets received from remote PE if they include a hash label. Note that the latter may be caused by a remote 7210 PE which does not support the hash-label option, or which has the hash-label option enabled but does not support the signal-capability option, or does support both options but the user did not enable them because of a mis-configuration.
If remote PE sends Flow Label sub-TLV in the PW ID FEC element with T=TRUE and R=TRUE, then the local PE enables the hash label capability. Therefore local PE inserts a hash label in user and control plane packets it forwards on the spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp. It also accepts user and control plane packets remote PE with or without hash label
If the hash-label option was enabled on the local configuration of the spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp at the remote PE, the pseudowire packets received by the local PE have the hash label included. These packets must be dropped. The only way to solve this is to disable the signaling capability option on the local node which results in the insertion of the hash label by both PE nodes.
If the hash-label option is not supported or was not enabled on the local configuration of the spoke-sdp or mesh-sdp at the remote PE, the pseudowire received by the local PE does not have the hash label included.
The user can enable or disable the signal-capability option in CLI as needed. When doing so, the router must withdraw the label it sent to its peer and send a new label mapping message with the new value of the F bit in the flow label interface parameters sub-TLV of the PW ID FEC element.
This feature is supported only for VLL and VPLS services. It not supported for VPRN services. It is also not supported on multicast packets forwarded using RSVP P2MP LPS or mLDP LSP in both the base router instance and in the multicast VPN (mVPN) instance.
In 7x50 and possibly other vendor implementations, to allow applications where the egress LER infers the presence of the hash label implicitly from the value of the label, the Most Significant Bit (MSB) of the result of the hash is set before copying into the Hash Label. This means that the value of the hash label is always in the range [524,288 - 1,048,575] and does not overlap with the signaled/static LSP and signaled/static service label ranges. This also guarantees that the hash label does not match a value in the reserved label range. This is not supported on 7210 for service traffic (for MPLS OAM traffic the MSB bit is set). That is, 7210 SAS devices do not set the MSB bit in the hash label value for service traffic. Therefore, user must ensure that both the ends are correctly configured to either process hash labels or disable it.
The no form of this command disables the use of the hash label.
Default
no hash-label
Parameters
- signal-capability
Enables the signaling and negotiation of the use of the hash label between the local and remote PE nodes.
vc-label
Syntax
[no] vc-label vc-label
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>egress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>egress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the egress VC label.
Parameters
- vc-label
Specifies the VC egress value that indicates a specific connection.
vc-label
Syntax
[no] vc-label vc-label
Context
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>ingress
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>ingress
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the ingress VC label.
Parameters
- vc-label
Specifies the VC ingress value that indicates a specific connection.
vlan-vc-tag
Syntax
vlan-vc-tag 0..4094
no vlan-vc-tag [0..4094]
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies an explicit Dot1q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. When signaling is enabled between the near and far end, the configured Dot1q tag can be overridden by a received TLV specifying the Dot1q value expected by the far end. This signaled value must be stored as the remote signaled Dot1q value for the binding.
The provisioned local Dot1q tag must be stored as the administrative Dot1q value for the binding.
When the Dot1q tag is not defined, the default value of zero is stored as the administrative dot1q value. Setting the value to zero is equivalent to not specifying the value.
The no form of this command disables the command.
Default
no vlan-vc-tag
Parameters
- 0..4094
Specifies a valid VLAN identifier to bind an 802.1Q VLAN tag ID.
SAP IGMP-snooping commands
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
config>service>vpls
config>service>vpls>sap
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping.
disable-router-alert-check
Syntax
[no] disable-router-alert-check
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode, or in an R-VPLS on 7210 SAS platforms operating in network mode.
Description
This command enables the IGMP router alert check option.
The disable-router-alert-check command is not supported in a VPLS on 7210 SAS platforms operating in network mode.
The no form of this command disables the router alert check.
description
Syntax
description description-string
no description
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command creates a text description stored in the configuration file for a configuration context. The description command associates a text string with a configuration context to help identify the content in the configuration file.
The no form of this command removes the string from the configuration.
Default
no description
Parameters
- string
Specifies the description character string. Allowed values are any string up to 80 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes.
fast-leave
Syntax
[no] fast-leave
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables fast leave. When IGMP fast leave processing is enabled, the 7210 SAS immediately removes a SAP or SDP from the multicast group when it detects an IGMP ‟leave” on that SAP or SDP. Fast leave processing allows the switch to remove a SAP or SDP that sends a 'leave' from the forwarding table without first sending out group-specific queries to the SAP or SDP, and therefore speeds up the process of changing channels ('zapping').
Fast leave should only be enabled when there is a single receiver present on the SAP or SDP. When fast leave is enabled, the configured last-member-query-interval value is ignored.
Default
no fast-leave
from-vpls
Syntax
from-vpls service-id
no from-vpls
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>mvr
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the VPLS and R-VPLS service from which multicast traffic is copied upon receipt of an IGMP join request. IGMP snooping must be enabled on the MVR VPLS and MVR R-VPLS service.
Default
no from-vpls
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the MVR VPLS from which multicast channels should be copied into this SAP.
group
Syntax
[no] group grp-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>static (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>static (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command adds a static multicast group as a (*, g). When a static IGMP group is added, multicast data for that (*,g) is forwarded to the specific SAP or SDP without receiving any membership report from a host.
Only SAPs are supported in an R-VPLS. SDPs are not supported in an R-VPLS.
Parameters
- grp-address
Specifies an IGMP multicast group address that receives data on an interface. The IP address must be unique for each static group.
group-policy
Syntax
group-policy policy-name
no group-policy
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping>mvr
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command identifies a filter policy of multicast groups to be applied to this VPLS entity. The sources of the multicast traffic must be a member of the VPLS.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the VPLS configuration.
Default
no group policy
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the group policy name. Allowed values are any string up to 32 characters composed of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. Routing policies are configured in the config>router>policy-options context. The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
import
Syntax
import policy-name
no import
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config> service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the import routing policy to be used for IGMP packets to be used on this SAP or SDP. Only a single policy can be imported on a single SAP or SDP at any time.
The no form of this command removes the policy association from the SAP or SDP.
Default
no import
Parameters
- policy-name
Specifies the import policy name. Values can be string up to 32 characters of printable, 7-bit ASCII characters. If the string contains special characters (#, $, spaces, and so on), the entire string must be enclosed within double quotes. These policies are configured in the config>router> policy-options context The router policy must be defined before it can be imported.
last-member-query-interval
Syntax
last-member-query-interval tenths-of-seconds
no last-member-query-interval
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the maximum response time used in group-specific queries sent in response to ‛leave’ messages, and is also the amount of time between 2 consecutive group-specific queries. This value may be tuned to modify the leave latency of the network. A reduced value results in reduced time to detect the loss of the last member of a group. The configured last-member-query-interval is ignored when fast-leave is enabled on the SAP or SDP.
Default
10
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the frequency, in tenths of seconds, at which query messages are sent.
max-num-groups
Syntax
max-num-groups max-num-groups
no max-num-groups
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command defines the maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP. If the node receives an IGMP join message that would exceed the configured number of groups, the request is ignored.
Default
no max-num-groups
Parameters
- max-num-groups
Specifies the maximum number of groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP.
max-num-sources
Syntax
max-num-sources max-num-sources
no max-num-sources
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command defines the maximum number of multicast sources allowed per group that can be joined on this SAP. If the node receives an IGMP join message that would exceed the configured number of sources, the request is ignored.
The max-num-sources command is applicable only in the context of R-VPLS service. It cannot be used in the context of VPLS service.
The no form of this command disables checking the number of sources.
Default
no max-num-sources
Parameters
- max-num-sources
Specifies the maximum number of multicast sources per group that can be joined on this SAP.
mrouter-port
Syntax
[no] mrouter-port
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether a multicast router is attached behind this SAP or SDP.
Configuring a SAP or SDP as an mrouter-port has a double effect. First, all multicast traffic received on another SAP or SDP is copied to this SAP or SDP. Second, IGMP reports generated by the system as a result of someone joining or leaving a multicast group are sent to this SAP or SDP.
If two multicast routers exist in the network, one of them becomes the active querier. Even though the other multicast router (non-querier) stops sending IGMP queries, it still receives reports to keep its multicast trees up to date. To support this, the mrouter-port command should be enabled on all SAPs or SDPs connecting to a multicast router.
Note that the IGMP version to be used for the reports (v1or v2) can only be determined after an initial query has been received. Until then, no reports are sent on the SAP or SDP, even if mrouter-port is enabled.]
If the send-queries command is enabled on this SAP, the mrouter-port parameter cannot be set.
Default
no mrouter-port
mvr
Syntax
mvr
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context configure Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) parameters.
query-interval
Syntax
query-interval seconds
no query-interval
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the IGMP query interval. If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the interval between two consecutive general queries sent by the system on this SAP or SDP. The configured query-interval must be greater than the configured query-response-interval. If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-interval value is ignored.
Default
125
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the time interval, in seconds, that the router transmits general host-query messages.
query-src-ip
Syntax
query-src-ip ip-address
no query-src-ip
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the IP source address used in IGMP queries.
query-response-interval
Syntax
query-response-interval seconds
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the IGMP query response interval. If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter specifies the maximum response time advertised in IGMP queries.
The configured query-response-interval must be smaller than the configured query-interval.
If send-queries is not enabled on this SAP or SDP, the configured query-response-interval value is ignored.
Default
10
Parameters
- seconds
Specifies the length of time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message from the host.
robust-count
Syntax
robust-count robust-count
no robust-count
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
If the send-queries command is enabled, this parameter allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a SAP or SDP. The robust-count variable allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet and is comparable to a retry count. If this SAP or SDP is expected to be 'lossy', this parameter may be increased. IGMP snooping on this SAP or SDP is robust to (robust-count-1) packet losses.
If send-queries is not enabled, this parameter is ignored.
Default
2
Parameters
- robust-count
Specifies the robust count for the SAP or SDP.
report-src-ip
Syntax
report-src-ip-address
no report-src-ip
Context
config>service>vpls>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This parameter specifies the source IP address used when generating IGMP reports. According the IGMPv3 standard, a zero source address is allowed in sending IGMP reports. However, for interoperability with some multicast routers, the source IP address of IGMP group reports can be configured using this command.
Default
0.0.0.0
Parameters
- ip-address
Specifies the source IP source address in transmitted IGMP reports.
precedence
Syntax
precedence precedence-value | primary
no precedence
Context
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the spoke-SDP precedence.
Default
4
Parameters
- precedence-value
Specifies the spoke-SDP precedence.
- primary
Specifies that the precedence is primary.
propagate-mac-flush
Syntax
[no] propagate-mac-flush
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether MAC flush messages received from the specific LDP are propagated to all spoke and mesh SDPs within the context of this VPLS service. The propagation follows the split-horizon principle and any datapath blocking to avoid the looping of these messages.
Default
no propagate-mac-flush
send-queries
Syntax
[no] send-queries
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies whether to send IGMP general query messages on the SAP or SDP.
When send-queries is configured, all type of queries generate ourselves are of the configured version. If a report of a version higher than the configured version is received, the report gets dropped and a new wrong version counter gets incremented. If send-queries is not configured, the version command has no effect. The version used is the version of the querier.
Default
no send-queries
static
Syntax
static
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables access to the context to configure static group addresses. Static group addresses can be configured on a SAP or SDP. When present either as a (*, g) entry, multicast packets matching the configuration is forwarded even if no join message was registered for the specific group.
source
Syntax
source ip-address
no source ip-address
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static>group
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command adds a static (s,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from the specified source.
The no form of this command removes the source entry from the configuration.
The source command is supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode. For 7210 SAS platforms operating in the network mode, the source command must be executed within the context of an R-VPLS.
The source command cannot be used within the context of a VPLS.
Default
no source
starg
Syntax
[no] starg
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>static>group
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping>static>group (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command adds a static (*,g) entry to allow multicast traffic for the corresponding multicast group from any source. This command can only be enabled if no existing source addresses for this group are specified.
The no form of this command removes the starg entry from the configuration.
Default
no starg
version
Syntax
version version
no version
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>spoke-sdp>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>vpls>mesh-sdp>snooping>static (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
config>service>pw-template>igmp-snooping (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command specifies the version of IGMP which is running on this SAP or SDP. This object can be used to configure a router capable of running either value. For IGMP to function correctly, all routers on a LAN must be configured to run the same version of IGMP on that LAN.
When the send-query command is configured, all query types generated locally are of the configured version. If a report of a version higher than the configured version is received, the report gets dropped and the ‟wrong version” counter is incremented.
If the send-query command is not configured, the version command has no effect. The version used on that SAP is the version of the querier.
IGMPv3 is only supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode, or in an R-VPLS on 7210 SAS platforms operating in network mode.
Parameters
- version
Specifies the IGMP version.
to-sap
Syntax
to-sap sap-id
no to-sap
Context
config>service>vpls>sap>igmp-snooping>mvr
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command configures the SAP to which the multicast data needs to be copied.
In some scenarios, the multicast traffic should not be copied from the MVR VPLS or MVR R-VPLS to the SAP on which the IGMP message was received (standard MVR behavior) but to another SAP.
Default
no to-sap
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the SAP to which multicast channels should be copied.
Routed VPLS commands
allow-ip-int-bind
Syntax
[no] allow-ip-int-bind
Context
config>service>vpls
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
The allow-ip-int-bind command that sets a flag on the VPLS or I-VPLS service that enables the ability to attach an IES or VPRN IP interface to the VPLS service to make the VPLS service routable. When the allow-ip-int-bind command is not enabled, the VPLS service cannot be attached to an IP interface.
VPLS Configuration Constraints for Enabling allow-ip-int-bind
When attempting to set the allow-ip-int-bind VPLS flag, the system first checks to see if the correct configuration constraints exist for the VPLS service and the network ports. In Release 8.0 the following VPLS features must be disabled or not configured for the allow-ip-int-bind flag to set:
SAP ingress QoS policies applied to the VPLS SAPs cannot have MAC match criteria defined
The VPLS service type cannot be B-VPLS or M-VPLS, and it cannot be an I-VPLS service bound to a B-VPLS context
When the VPLS allow-ip-int-bind flag is set on a VPLS service, the preceding features cannot be enabled on the VPLS service.
VPLS Service Name Bound to IP Interface without the allow-ip-int-bind Flag Set
If a service name is applied to a VPLS service and that service name is also bound to an IP interface but the allow-ip-int-bind flag has not been set on the VPLS service context, the system attempt to resolve the service name between the VPLS service and the IP interface fails. After the allow-ip-int-bind flag is successfully set on the VPLS service, either the service name on the VPLS service must be removed and reapplied, or the IP interface must be reinitialized using the shutdown /no shutdown commands. This causes the system to reattempt the name resolution process between the IP interface and the VPLS service.
The no form of this command resets the allow-ip-int-bind flag on the VPLS service. If the VPLS service currently has an IP interface from an IES or VPRN service attached, the no allow-ip-int-bind command fails. When the allow-ip-int-bind flag is reset on the VPLS service, the configuration and hardware restrictions associated with setting the flag are removed. The port network mode hardware restrictions are also removed.
VPLS show commands
egress-label
Syntax
egress-label egress-label1 [egress-label2]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays service information using the range of egress labels.
If only the mandatory egress-label1 parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both egress-label1 and egress-label2 parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where egress-label1 ≤ X ≤ egress-label2 are displayed.
Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
- egress-label1
Specifies the starting egress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only egress-label1 is specified, services only using egress-label1 are displayed.
- egress-label2
Specifies the ending egress label value for which to display services using the label range.
fdb-info
Syntax
fdb-info
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Displays global FDB usage information.
Output
The following output is an example of global FDB usage information, and Output fields: FDB information describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:7210-SASE# show service fdb-info
===============================================================================
Forwarding Database(FDB) Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 675
Learned Count : 675 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 60
High WaterMark : 5% Low Watermark : 1%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
Service Id : 2 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 0
Learned Count : 0 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 80
High WaterMark : 10% Low Watermark : 2%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
Service Id : 3 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 675
Learned Count : 675 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 100
High WaterMark : 15% Low Watermark : 3%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
Service Id : 4 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 0
Learned Count : 0 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 120
High WaterMark : 20% Low Watermark : 4%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
Service Id : 5 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 0
Learned Count : 0 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 600
High WaterMark : 25% Low Watermark : 5%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
Service Id : 6 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 8191 Total Count : 675
Learned Count : 675 Static Count : 0
Local Age : 86400
High WaterMark : 30% Low Watermark : 10%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Service FDBs : 6
Total FDB Configured Size : 49146
Total FDB Entries In Use : 2025
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
A:7210-SASE#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service ID |
The value that identifies a service. |
Mac Move |
The administrative state of the MAC movement feature associated with the service. |
Mac Move Rate |
The maximum rate at which MACs can be relearned in this TLS service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MACs. The rate is computed as the maximum number of relearns allowed in a 5 second interval. The default rate of 10 relearns per second corresponds to 50 relearns in a 5 second period. |
Mac Move Timeout |
The time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is re-enabled. A value of zero indicates that the SAP is not automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If after the SAP is re-enabled it is disabled again, the effective retry timeout is doubled to avoid thrashing. |
Table Size |
The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the FDB. |
Total Count |
The current number of entries (both learned and static) in the FDB of this service. |
Learned Count |
The current number of learned entries in the FDB of this service. |
Static Count |
The current number of static entries in the FDB of this service. |
Remote Age |
The number of seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on an SDP. These entries correspond to MAC addresses learned on remote SAPs. |
Local Age |
The seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local SAPs. |
High WaterMark |
The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‛table full’ alarm is raised by the agent. |
Low WaterMark |
The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a ‛table full’ alarm is cleared by the agent. |
Mac Learning |
Whether the MAC learning process is enabled in this service. |
Discard Unknown |
Whether frames received with an unknown destination MAC are discarded in this service. |
MAC Aging |
Whether the MAC aging process is enabled in this service. |
MAC Pinning |
Whether MAC pinning is enabled in this service. |
Relearn Only |
When enabled, indicates that either the FDB table of this service is full or that the maximum system-wide number of MACs supported by the agent has been reached, and therefore MAC learning is temporary disabled, and only MAC relearns can take place. |
Total Service FDB |
The current number of service FDBs configured on this node. |
Total FDB Configured Size |
The sum of configured FDBs. |
Total FDB Entries In Use |
The total number of entries (both learned and static) in use. |
fdb-mac
Syntax
fdb-mac ieee-address [expiry]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the FDB entry for a specific MAC address.
Parameters
- ieee-address
Specifies the 48-bit MAC address for which to display the FDB entry in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
- expiry
Shows the time until the MAC is aged out.
Output
The following output is an example of FDB entry information for a specific MAC address, and Output fields: FDB MAC describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service fdb-mac 00:99:00:00:00:00
==============================================================================
Services Using Forwarding Database Mac 00:99:00:00:00:00
==============================================================================
ServId MAC Source-Identifier Type/
Age Last Change
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 00:99:00:00:00:00 sap:1/2/7:0 Static
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service ID |
The service ID number. |
MAC |
The specified MAC address |
Source-Identifier |
The location where the MAC is defined. |
Type/Age |
Static - FDB entries created by management |
Learned - dynamic entries created by the learning process |
|
OAM - entries created by the OAM process |
|
H - host, the entry added by the system for a static configured subscriber host |
|
D or DHCP - DHCP-installed MAC. Learned addresses can be temporarily frozen by the DHCP snooping application for the duration of a DHCP lease |
|
P - indicates the MAC is protected by the MAC protection feature |
ingress-label
Syntax
ingress-label start-label [end-label]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays services using the range of ingress labels.
If only the mandatory start-label parameter is specified, only services using the specified label are displayed.
If both start-label and end-label parameters are specified, the services using the range of labels X where start-label <= X <= end-label are displayed.
Use the show router ldp bindings command to display dynamic labels.
Parameters
- start-label
Specifies the starting ingress label value for which to display services using the label range. If only start-label is specified, services only using start-label are displayed.
- end-label
Specifies the ending ingress label value for which to display services using the label range.
Output
The following table describes show service ingress-label output fields.
Sample output
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
Indicates whether the SDP is spoke. |
I.Lbl |
The ingress label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
E.Lbl |
The egress label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
Number of Bindings Found |
The number of SDP bindings within the label range specified. |
sap-using
Syntax
sap-using interface [ip-address | ip-int-name]
sap-using [ingress | egress] filter filter-id
sap-using [sap sap-id]
sap-using [ingress] qos-policy qos-policy-id
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays SAP information.
If no optional parameters are specified, the command displays a summary of all defined SAPs.
The optional parameters restrict output to only SAPs matching the specified properties.
Parameters
- ingress
Specifies matching an ingress policy.
- egress
Specifies matching an egress policy.
- filter filter-id
The ingress or egress filter policy ID for which to display matching SAPs.
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
Output
The following output is an example of service SAP information, and Output fields: SAP-using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALU_SIM2>config>service>vpls# show service sap-using
===============================================================================
Service Access Points
===============================================================================
PortId SvcId Ing. Ing. Egr. Adm Opr
QoS Fltr Fltr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1:10 1 1 none 1none Up Up
1/1/3:500.* 1 1 none 1none Up Up
1/1/1:200 200 1 none 1none Up Up
1/1/3:100.200 200 1 none 1none Up Up
1/1/1:300 300 1 none 1none Up Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALU_SIM2>config>service>vpls#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Port ID |
The ID of the access port where the SAP is defined. |
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
I.QoS |
The SAP ingress QoS policy number specified on the ingress SAP. |
I.MAC/IP |
The MAC or IP filter policy ID applied to the ingress SAP. |
Egr. Fltr |
The filter policy ID applied to the egress SAP. |
A.Pol |
The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
Adm |
The administrative state of the SAP. |
Opr |
The actual state of the SAP. |
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail | keep-alive-history]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID. An SDP is a logical mechanism that ties a far-end 7210 SAS to a particular service without having to specifically define far end SAPs. Each SDP represents a method to reach a 7210 SAS router.
- far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified system IP address of the far-end destination 7210 SAS M router for the Service Distribution Point (SDP) that is the termination point for a service.
- detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output
The following table describes the show service sdp output fields.
Sample output
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Sdp Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
Indicates whether the SDP is a spoke. |
VC Type |
The VC type, ether or vlan. |
VC Tag |
The explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. |
I. Lbl |
The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
Admin Path MTU |
The operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case.) |
Oper Path MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Far End |
The IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
Delivery |
The type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of this SDP. |
Oper State |
The operational state of this SDP. |
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent change to the SDP. |
Signaling |
The signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of the Keepalive process. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the Keepalive process. |
Hello Time |
How often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
Max Drop Count |
the maximum number of consecutive SDP echo request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
Hello Msg Len |
The length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP. |
Hold Down Time |
The amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state. |
I. Fwd. Pkts. |
The number of forwarded ingress packets. |
I. Dro. Pkts |
The number of dropped ingress packets. |
E. Fwd. Pkts. |
The number of forwarded egress packets. |
E. Fwd. Octets |
The number of forwarded egress octets. |
Associated LSP List |
When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field. |
sdp-using
Syntax
sdp-using [sdp-id[:vc-id] | far-end ip-address]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays services using SDP or far-end address options.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Displays only services bound to the specified SDP ID.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit identifier.
- far-end ip-address
Displays only services matching with the specified far-end IP address.
Output
The following output is an example of SDP information, and Output fields: SDP-using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-1# show service sdp-using 300
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 300)
===============================================================================
SvcId SdpId Type Far End Opr State I.Label E.Label
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 300:2 Spok 10.0.0.13 Up 131070 131070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 51
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-1#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
Sdp ID |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
The type of SDP: Spoke. |
Far End |
The far-end address of the SDP. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the service. |
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP. |
service-using
Syntax
service-using [epipe] [vpls] [mirror] [customer customer-id]
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the services matching certain usage properties. If no optional parameters are specified, all services defined on the system are displayed.
Parameters
- epipe
Displays matching Epipe services.
- vpls
Displays matching VPLS instances.
- mirror
Displays matching mirror services.
- customer customer-id
Displays services only associated with the specified customer ID.
Output
The following output is an example of service information, and Output fields: service-using describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:ALA-12# show service service-using customer 10
==============================================================================
Services
==============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 VPLS Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
100 IES Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
300 Epipe Up Up 10 09/05/2006 13:24:15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 3
==============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-12# show service service-using epipe
===============================================================================
Services [epipe]
===============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 Epipe Up Up 6 09/22/2006 23:05:58
7 Epipe Up Up 6 09/22/2006 23:05:58
8 Epipe Up Up 3 09/22/2006 23:05:58
103 Epipe Up Up 6 09/22/2006 23:05:58
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 4
===============================================================================
*A:ALA-12#
*A:ALA-14# show service service-using
===============================================================================
Services
===============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
11 mVPLS Down Down 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
100 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
101 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
102 mVPLS Up Up 1 10/26/2006 15:44:57
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*A:ALA-14#
A:Dut-A>config>service# show service service-using
===============================================================================
Services
===============================================================================
ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 mVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
101 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
102 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
103 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
104 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
105 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
201 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
202 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
203 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
204 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
205 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
300 mVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
301 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
302 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
303 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:13
304 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
305 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
401 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
402 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
403 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
404 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
405 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
500 mVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
511 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
513 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
515 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
517 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
519 uVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
601 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
602 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
603 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
604 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
605 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
701 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
702 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
703 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
704 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
801 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
802 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
803 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
804 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
805 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
901 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
902 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
903 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
904 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
905 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
906 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
907 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
908 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
909 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
910 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1101 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1102 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1103 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1104 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1105 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1501 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1502 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1503 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1504 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
1505 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
2001 Mirror Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
2002 Mirror Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
2011 Epipe Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
2012 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
3000 mVPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
4001 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
4002 VPLS Up Up 1 07/07/2009 14:39:1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Matching Services : 69
=============================================================================
A:Dut-A>config>service#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
Type |
The service type configured for the service ID. |
Adm |
The administrative state of the service. |
Opr |
The operating state of the service. |
CustomerID |
The ID of the customer who owns this service. |
Last Mgmt Change |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this service. |
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
show>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information for a particular service-id.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the unique service identification number that identifies the service in the service domain.
- all
Displays more information about the service.
- base
Displays basic service information.
- endpoint
Displays service endpoint information.
- fdb
Displays FDB entries.
- labels
Displays labels being used by this service.
- mstp-configuration
Displays MSTP information.
- sap
Displays SAPs associated with the service.
- sdp
Displays SDPs associated with the service.
- stp
Displays STP information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays more information for all aspects of the service.
Output
The following outputs are examples of detailed service information, and Output fields: service ID all describes the output fields.
Sample output
A:Dut-A>config>service# show service id 305 all
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 305 Vpn Id : 305
Service Type : uVPLS
Description : Default tls description for service id 305
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 07/07/2009 14:39:57
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
MTU : 1514
MTU Check : Disabled
SAP Count : 2 SDP Bind Count : 4
Send Flush on Fail: Disabled
Uplink Type : MPLS
Propagate MacFlush: Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Destination Points(SDPs)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 1217:305 -(10.20.1.2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1217:305 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.2 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Managed by Service : 300 Prune State : Not Pruned
Managed by Spoke : 1217:300
Ingress Label : 130506 Egress Label : 130516
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 18:49:40 Signaling : TLDP
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14 Force Vlan-Vc : Disabled
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
Ignore Standby Sig : False Block On Mesh Fail: False
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Enabled Oper State : Alive
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 13601 I. Fwd. Octs. : 10676338
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 65165676 E. Fwd. Octets : 39462444830
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_B_17
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 05h24m26s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 1317:305 -(10.20.1.3)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1317:305 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.3 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Managed by Service : 300 Prune State : Not Pruned
Managed by Spoke : 1317:300
Ingress Label : 130454 Egress Label : 130591
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 18:49:43 Signaling : TLDP
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14 Force Vlan-Vc : Disabled
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Enabled Oper State : Alive
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 10100 I. Fwd. Octs. : 7178960
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 65466629 E. Fwd. Octets : 39665246044
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_C_17
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 05h24m23s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2050 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 1417:305 -(10.20.1.4)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1417:305 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.4 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Managed by Service : 300 Prune State : Not Pruned
Managed by Spoke : 1417:300
Ingress Label : 130428 Egress Label : 131015
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 18:13:42 Signaling : TLDP
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14 Force Vlan-Vc : Disabled
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 250
Learned MAC Addr : 250 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Enabled Oper State : Alive
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 97516328 I. Fwd. Octs. : 47531982212
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 166191635 E. Fwd. Octets : 67215031404
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_D_17
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 09h33m18s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2051 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 1 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 1617:305 -(10.20.1.6)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1617:305 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.6 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Managed by Service : 300 Prune State : Pruned
Managed by Spoke : 1617:300
Ingress Label : 131060 Egress Label : 130843
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 14:40:52 Signaling : TLDP
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14 Force Vlan-Vc : Disabled
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Enabled Oper State : Alive
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 12889 I. Fwd. Octs. : 6000654
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 11999 E. Fwd. Octets : 5208494
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_F_17
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 09h33m18s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2052 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/1/16:305
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 305
SAP : 1/1/16:305 Encap : q-tag
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Description : Default sap description for service id 305
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:57
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 9212 Oper MTU : 9212
Ingress qos-policy : 10
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : 305 Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Egr Agg Rate Limit : max
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Up
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : Designated Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Rstp
Last BPDU from : 80:04.00:0a:1b:2c:3d:4e
CIST Desig Bridge : This Bridge Designated Port : 34816
Forward transitions: 5 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 29 RST BPDUs tx : 17610
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 66655 39685976
Egress Stats: 65864342 38651746348
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 2 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 3 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 4 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 11406 4291328
For. OutProf : 12575 4325376
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 12 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 3108 3108000
For. OutProf : 2235 2235000
Ingress Meter 13 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 14 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 8772 5166272
For. OutProf : 4840 3072000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP lag-4:305
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 305
SAP : lag-4:305 Encap : q-tag
Description : Default sap description for service id 305
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:57
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 125
Learned MAC Addr : 125 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 9212 Oper MTU : 9212
Ingress qos-policy : 10
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : 305 Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Egr Agg Rate Limit : max
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Up
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : Designated Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2000 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Rstp
Last BPDU from : 80:04.00:0a:1b:2c:3d:4e
CIST Desig Bridge : This Bridge Designated Port : 34768
Forward transitions: 4 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 23 RST BPDUs tx : 17578
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 190824363 87464904956
Egress Stats: 97572636 45409567760
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 2 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 3 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 4 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 56963244 20851041536
For. OutProf : 59512115 19403302144
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 12 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 12922550 12922550000
For. OutProf : 9452800 9452800000
Ingress Meter 13 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 14 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 43268112 21539479708
For. OutProf : 6788456 2546422464
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state : Up Core Connectivity : Down
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Up
Mode : Rstp Vcp Active Prot. : N/A
Bridge Id : 00:0d.00:20:ab:cd:00:01 Bridge Instance Id: 13
Bridge Priority : 0 Tx Hold Count : 6
Topology Change : Inactive Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change : 0d 05:21:37 Bridge Max Age : 20
Top. Change Count : 5 Bridge Fwd Delay : 15
MST region revision: 0 Bridge max hops : 20
MST region name :
Root Bridge : This Bridge
Primary Bridge : N/A
Root Path Cost : 0 Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time : 2 Root Max Age : 20
Root Priority : 13 Root Port : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forwarding Database specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 305 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 500 Total Count : 375
Learned Count : 375 Static Count : 0
Remote Age : 60 Local Age : 60
High WaterMark : 95% Low Watermark : 90%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A>config>service#
Sample output for 7210 SAS-T in
access-uplink mode
*A:SAS-T>show>service>id# all
===============================================================================
Service Detailed Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : VPLS
Description : (Not Specified)
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 04/29/2001 06:59:15
Last Mgmt Change : 04/28/2001 03:03:03
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
MTU : 1514
MTU Check : Enabled
SAP Count : 2 SDP Bind Count : 0
Snd Flush on Fail : Disabled
Uplink Type: : MPLS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Destination Points(SDPs)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/1/1:10.*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/1:10.* Encap : qinq
QinQ Dot1p : Default
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 04/29/2001 06:59:15
Last Mgmt Change : 04/28/2001 03:09:30
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 1522 Oper MTU : 1522
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : 1 Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
BPDU Translation : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
CIST Desig Bridge : N/A Designated Port : N/A
Forward transitions: 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARP host
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : outOfService
Host Limit : 1 Min Auth Interval : 15 minutes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 4 Meters Allocated : 2
Classifiers Used : 2 Meters Used : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 142761481188 9707780720784
Egress Stats: 0 0
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 17 1162
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 61 4148
For. OutProf : 142761547917 9707785259394
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP 1/1/2:10.*
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/2:10.* Encap : qinq
QinQ Dot1p : Default
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 04/29/2001 07:03:49
Last Mgmt Change : 04/28/2001 03:02:15
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 1522 Oper MTU : 1522
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
BPDU Translation : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
CIST Desig Bridge : N/A Designated Port : N/A
Forward transitions: 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARP host
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : outOfService
Host Limit : 1 Min Auth Interval : 15 minutes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 4 Meters Allocated : 2
Classifiers Used : 2 Meters Used : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 0 0
Egress Stats: 535194841 36393249188
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state : Up Core Connectivity : Down
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Mode : Rstp Vcp Active Prot. : N/A
Bridge Id : 80:00.00:25:ba:02:ea:00 Bridge Instance Id: 0
Bridge Priority : 32768 Tx Hold Count : 6
Topology Change : Inactive Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change : 0d 00:00:00 Bridge Max Age : 20
Top. Change Count : 0 Bridge Fwd Delay : 15
Root Bridge : N/A
Primary Bridge : N/A
Root Path Cost : 0 Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time : 2 Root Max Age : 20
Root Priority : 32768 Root Port : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Forwarding Database specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Id : 1 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Mac Move Retries : 3
Table Size : 250 Total Count : 0
Learned Count : 0 Static Count : 0
Remote Age : 900 Local Age : 300
High Watermark : 95% Low Watermark : 90%
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unknown : Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Relearn Only : False
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Endpoints
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Endpoints found.
===============================================================================
*A:SAS-T>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
VPN Id |
The number which identifies the VPN. |
Service Type |
The type of service. |
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Description |
Generic information about the service. |
Customer Id |
The customer identifier. |
Last Mgmt Change |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer. |
SAP Count |
The number of SAPs specified for this service. |
SDP Bind Count |
The number of SDPs bound to this service. |
Split Horizon Group |
Name of the split horizon group for this service. |
Description |
Description of the split horizon group. |
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this split horizon group. |
SDP Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
Indicates whether this service SDP binding is a spoke or a mesh. |
Admin Path MTU |
The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Oper Path MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Delivery |
The type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of this SDP. |
Oper State |
The operational state of this SDP. |
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by this SDP. |
Ingress Filter |
The ID of the ingress filter policy. |
Egress Filter |
The ID of the egress filter policy. |
Far End |
The IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent change to this customer. |
Hello Time |
How often the SDP echo request messages are transmitted on this SDP. |
Hello Msg Len |
The length of the SDP echo request messages transmitted on this SDP. |
Max Drop Count |
The maximum number of consecutive SDP Echo Request messages that can be unacknowledged before the keepalive protocol reports a fault. |
Hold Down Time |
The amount of time to wait before the keepalive operating status is eligible to enter the alive state. |
SDP Delivery Mechanism |
When the SDP type is MPLS, a list of LSPs used to reach the far-end router displays. All the LSPs in the list must terminate at the IP address specified in the Far End field. |
Number of SDPs |
The total number SDPs applied to this service ID. |
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
Port Id |
The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined. |
Description |
Generic information about the SAP. |
Encap Value |
The value of the label used to identify this SAP on the access port. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of the SAP. |
Oper State |
The operating state of the SAP. |
Last Changed |
The date and time of the last change. |
Admin MTU |
The desired largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Oper MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Ingress qos-policy |
The SAP ingress QoS policy ID. |
Ingress Filter-Id |
The SAP ingress filter policy ID. |
Egress Filter-Id |
The SAP egress filter policy ID. |
Multi Svc Site |
Indicates the multi-service site that the SAP is a member. |
Ingress sched-policy |
Indicates the ingress QoS scheduler for the SAP. |
Egress sched-policy |
Indicates the egress QoS scheduler for the SAP. |
Acct. Pol |
Indicates the accounting policy applied to the SAP. |
Collect Stats |
Specifies whether accounting statistics are collected on the SAP. |
Ingress Stats |
The number of received packets/octets for this SAP. |
Egress Stats |
The number of packets/octets forwarded out of this SAP. |
Ingress Meter 1 |
The index of the ingress QoS meter of this SAP. |
High priority offered |
The packets or octets count of the high priority traffic for the SAP. |
For.InProf |
The packets or octets count of the in-profile forwarded traffic for the SAP. |
For.OutProf |
The number of out of profile traffic packets/octets forwarded. |
Managed by Service |
The service-id of the management VPLS managing this SAP. |
Managed by MSTI |
The MST instance inside the management VPLS managing this SAP. |
Last BPDU from |
The bridge ID of the sender of the last BPDU received on this SAP. |
Managed by SAP |
The sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this SAP. |
Prune state |
The STP state inherited from the management VPLS. |
Managed by Service |
The service-id of the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP. |
Last BPDU from |
The bridge ID of the sender of the last BPDU received on this SAP. |
Managed by Spoke |
The sap-id inside the management VPLS managing this spoke-SDP. |
Prune state |
The STP state inherited from the management VPLS. |
arp
Syntax
arp [ip-address] | [mac ieee-address] | [sap sap-id] | [interface ip-int-name]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the ARP table for the VPLS instance. The ARP entries for a subscriber interface are displayed uniquely. Each MAC associated with the subscriber interface child group-interfaces is displayed with each subscriber interface ARP entry for easy lookup.
Parameters
- ip-address
All IP addresses.
- mac ieee-address
Displays only ARP entries in the ARP table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address is in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff, where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers.
- sap sap-id
Displays SAP information for the specified SAP ID.
- interface
Specifies matching service ARP entries associated with the IP interface.
- ip-address
Specifies the IP address of the interface for which to display matching ARP entries.
- ip-int-name
Specifies the IP interface name for which to display matching ARPs.
Output
The following table describes show service-id ARP output fields.
Sample output
Label |
Description |
---|---|
IP Address |
The IP address |
MAC Address |
The specified MAC address |
Type Static - FDB entries created by management |
|
Learned - dynamic entries created by the learning process |
|
Other - local entries for the IP interfaces created |
|
Expiry |
The age of the ARP entry |
Interface |
The interface applied to the service |
SAP |
The SAP ID |
base
Syntax
base [msap]
Context
show>service>id
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays basic information about the service ID including service type, description, SAPs and SDP.
Output
The following output is an example of basic service information, and Output fields: base describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210SAS# show service id 10 base
===============================================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 10 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : VPLS
Name : (Not Specified)
Description : (Not Specified)
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 02/06/2106 06:28:12
Last Mgmt Change : 01/10/1970 01:55:31
Admin State : Down Oper State : Down
MTU : Not Applicable Def. Mesh VC Id : 10
SAP Count : 0
Uplink Type: : L2
SAP Type: : Dot1q Range Customer vlan: : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access & Destination Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier Type AdmMTU OprMTU Adm Opr
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No Matching Entries
======================================================================
*A:7210SAS# show service id 10 base
A:Dut-A# show service id 1 base
=======================================================
Service Basic Information
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1 Vpn Id : 0
Service Type : Epipe
Customer Id : 1
Last Status Change: 06/24/2001 00:57:55
Last Mgmt Change : 06/24/2001 00:51:36
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
MTU : 1514
MTU Check : Disabled
Vc Switching : False
SAP count : 1 SDP Bind Count : 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Access and Destination Points
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifier Type AdmMTU OprMTU Adm Opr
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/21:1 q-tag 1518 1518 Up Up
sdp:1:1 S<100.1.12> n/a 1518 1518 Up Up
==============================================================----------------------
A:Dut-A#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service Id |
the service identifier |
Service Type |
the type of service |
Description |
generic information about the service |
Customer Id |
the customer identifier |
Last Mgmt Change |
the date and time of the most recent management-initiated change to this customer |
Adm |
the administrative state of the service |
Oper |
the operational state of the service |
Mtu |
the largest frame size (in octets) that the port can handle |
Adm |
the largest frame size (in octets) that the SAP can handle |
SAP Count |
the number of SAPs defined on the service |
SAP Type |
the type of SAPs allowed in the service - It also describes the applied processing by the node to the packets received on these SAPs. |
Identifier |
The service access (SAP) |
OprMTU |
the actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this port, without requiring the packet to be fragmented |
Opr |
the operating state of the SAP |
fdb
Syntax
fdb [sap sap-id [expiry]] | [mac ieee-address [expiry]] | [detail] [expiry]
Context
show>service>id
show>service>fdb-mac
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays FDB entries for a specific MAC address.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- detail
Displays more information.
- expiry
Displays time until MAC is aged out.
Output
The following output is an example of service FDB information, and Output fields: FDB describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:Dut-A# show service id 305 fdb
===============================================================================
Forwarding Database, Service 305
===============================================================================
Service Id : 305 Mac Move : Disabled
Mac Move Rate : 2 Mac Move Timeout : 10
Table Size : 500 Total Count : 375
Learned Count : 375 Static Count : 0
Remote Age : 60 Local Age : 60
High WaterMark : 95% Low Watermark : 90%
Mac Learning : Enabl Discard Unknown : Dsabl
Mac Aging : Enabl Relearn Only : False
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
ServID |
The service ID. |
MAC |
The associated MAC address. |
Mac Move |
The administrative state of the MAC movement feature associated with this service. |
Primary Factor |
A factor for the primary ports defining how many MAC-relearn periods should be used to measure the MAC-relearn rate. |
Secondary Factor |
A factor for the secondary ports defining how many MAC-relearn periods should be used to measure the MAC-relearn rate. |
Mac Move Rate |
The maximum rate at which MAC's can be relearned in this service, before the SAP where the moving MAC was last seen is automatically disabled to protect the system against undetected loops or duplicate MAs. The rate is computed as the maximum number of relearns allowed in a 5 second interval: for example, the default rate of 2 relearns per second corresponds to 10 relearns in a 5 second period. |
Mac Move Timeout |
The time in seconds to wait before a SAP that has been disabled after exceeding the maximum relearn rate is re-enabled. A value of zero indicates that the SAP is not automatically re-enabled after being disabled. If after the SAP is re-enabled it is disabled again, the effective retry timeout is doubled to avoid thrashing. |
Mac Move Retries |
The number of times retries are performed for reenabling the SAP/SDP. |
Table Size |
The maximum number of learned and static entries allowed in the FDB of this service. |
Total Count |
The total number of learned entries in the FDB of this service. |
Learned Count |
The current number of learned entries in the FDB of this service. |
Static Count |
The current number of static entries in the FDB of this service. |
OAM-learned Count |
The current number of OAM entries in the FDB of this service. |
Remote Age |
The number of seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on an SDP. These entries correspond to MAC addresses learned on remote SAPs. |
Local Age |
The number of seconds used to age out FDB entries learned on local SAPs. |
High Watermark |
The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a table full alarm is raised by the agent. |
Low Watermark |
The utilization of the FDB table of this service at which a table full alarm is cleared by the agent. |
Mac Learning |
Whether the MAC learning process is enabled |
Discard Unknown |
Whether frames received with an unknown destination MAC are discarded. |
Mac Aging |
Whether the MAC aging process is enabled. |
Relearn Only |
Displays, that when enabled, either the FDB table of this service is full, or that the maximum system-wide number of MA's supported by the agent has been reached, and therefore MAC learning is temporary disabled, and only MAC relearns can take place. |
Mac Subnet Len |
The number of bits to be considered when performing MAC-learning or MAC-switching. |
Source-Identifier |
The location where the MAC is defined. |
Type/Age |
Type - the number of seconds used to age out TLS FDB entries learned on local SAPs |
Age - the number of seconds used to age out TLS FDB entries learned on an SDP. These entries correspond to MAC addresses learned on remote SAPs |
|
L - learned-dynamic entries created by the learning process |
|
OAM - entries created by the OAM process |
|
Static - statically configured |
|
Last Change |
The time of the most recent state changes. |
labels
Syntax
labels
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the labels being used by the service.
Output
The following output is an example of service label information, and Output fields: labels describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:Dut-A# show service id 305 labels
===============================================================================
Martini Service Labels
===============================================================================
Svc Id Sdp Binding Type I.Lbl E.Lbl
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
305 1217:305 Spok 130506 130516
305 1317:305 Spok 130454 130591
305 1417:305 Spok 130428 131015
305 1617:305 Spok 131060 130843
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of Bound SDPs : 4
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Svc Id |
The service identifier. |
Sdp Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
Whether the SDP is spoke. |
I. Lbl |
The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
E. Lbl |
The VC label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
l2pt
Syntax
l2pt disabled
l2pt [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays Layer 2 Protocol Tunnel (L2-PT) route information associated with this service.
Parameters
- disabled
Displays only entries with termination disabled. This helps identify configuration errors.
- detail
Displays more information.
Output
The following output is an example of L2PT information, and Output fields: L2PT describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210SAS>show>service# id 1 l2pt detail
===============================================================================
L2pt details, Service id 1
===============================================================================
Service Access Points
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SapId L2pt- Admin Bpdu- Oper Bpdu-
termination translation translation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/1 stp cdp vtp dtp pagp udld disabled disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SAPs : 1
===============================================================================
===============================================================================
L2pt summary, Service id 1
===============================================================================
L2pt-term L2pt-term Bpdu-trans Bpdu-trans Bpdu-trans Bpdu-trans
enabled disabled auto disabled pvst stp
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP's 1 0 0 1 0 0
SDP's 0 0 0 0 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 0 0 1 0 0
===============================================================================
*A:7210SAS>show>service#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service id |
Displays the 24-bit (0 to 16777215) service instance identifier for the service |
L2pt-term enabled |
Indicates whether L2PT-termination or BPDU-translation is in use on this service by at least one SAP or spoke-SDP binding. If in use, at least one of L2PT-termination or BPDU-translation is enabled. When enabled, it is not possible to enable STP on this service. |
L2pt-term disabled |
Indicates that L2PT-termination is disabled |
Bpdu-trans auto |
Displays the number of L2PT PDUs that are translated before being sent out on a port or SAP |
Bpdu-trans disabled |
Indicates that BPDU-translation is disabled |
SAPs |
Displays the number of SAPs with L2PT or BPDU translation enabled or disabled |
SDPs |
Displays the number of SDPs with L2PT or BPDU translation enabled or disabled |
Total |
Displays the column totals of L2PT entities |
SapId |
Displays the ID of the access point where this SAP is defined |
L2pt-termination |
Displays whether L2pt termination is enabled or disabled |
Admin Bpdu-translation |
Displays whether Bpdu translation is administratively enabled or disabled |
Oper Bpdu-translation |
Displays whether Bpdu translation is operationally enabled or disabled |
SAP Id |
Displays the SAP ID |
mac-move
Syntax
mac-move
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays MAC move related information about the service.
mstp-configuration
Syntax
mstp-configuration
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the MSTP specific configuration data. This command is only valid on a management VPLS.
Output
The following output is an example of MSTP configuration information, and Output fields: MSTP configuration describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:SASMX>show>service>id# mstp-configuration
==============================================
Mstp configuration info, Service 5
==============================================
Region Name : abc
Region Revision : 0
MST Max Hops : 20
===============================================================================
vlan to MST instance mapping
===============================================================================
Instance Priority Vlans mapped
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 0
===============================================================================
*A:SASMX>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Region Name |
The MSTP region name. |
Region Revision |
The MSTP region revision. |
MST Max Hops |
The MSTP maximum hops specified. |
Instance |
The MSTP instance number. |
Priority |
The MSTP priority. |
Vlans mapped |
The VLAN range of the MSTP instance. |
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id detail
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information for the SAPs associated with the service.
If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SAPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Specifies the ID that displays SAPs for the service in the slot/mda/port[.channel] form. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- detail
Displays more information for the SAP.
Output
The following outputs are examples of service SAP information, and Output fields: service ID SAP describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:7210>show>service>id# sap 1/1/1:1 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/1:1 Encap : q-tag
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Flags : ServiceAdminDown
Last Status Change : 10/05/2010 07:22:04
Last Mgmt Change : 10/05/2010 07:22:05
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 1518 Oper MTU : 1518
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
BPDU Translation : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
CIST Desig Bridge : N/A Designated Port : N/A
Forward transitions: 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARP host
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : outOfService
Host Limit : 1 Min Auth Interval : 15 minutes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 5 Egress qos-policy : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer (Not Available)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 256 Meters Allocated : 32
Classifiers Used : 2 Meters Used : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 0 0
Egress Stats: 0 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
===============================================================================
*A:SAS>show>service>id# sap 1/1/1:10.* detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 1
SAP : 1/1/1:10.* Encap : qinq
QinQ Dot1p : Default
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Flags : None
Last Status Change : 04/29/2001 06:59:15
Last Mgmt Change : 04/28/2001 03:09:30
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
Admin MTU : 1522 Oper MTU : 1522
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : 1 Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
tod-suite : None
Mac Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
Mac Aging : Enabled Mac Pinning : Disabled
BPDU Translation : Disabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Access Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
CIST Desig Bridge : N/A Designated Port : N/A
Forward transitions: 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARP host
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : outOfService
Host Limit : 1 Min Auth Interval : 15 minutes
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rate : n/a burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 4 Meters Allocated : 2
Classifiers Used : 2 Meters Used : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 142761481188 9707780720784
Egress Stats: 0 0
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1 (Unicast)
For. InProf : 17 1162
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 11 (Multipoint)
For. InProf : 61 4148
For. OutProf : 142761547917 9707785259394
===============================================================================
Sample output for 7210 SAS-Mxp
*A:Dut-A# show service id 10 sap 5/1/1:800 detail
===============================================================================
Service Access Points(SAP)
===============================================================================
Service Id : 10
SAP : 5/1/1:800 Encap : q-tag
Description : (Not Specified)
Admin State : Up Oper State : Down
Flags : PortOperDown
Last Status Change : 11/07/2017 04:48:25
Last Mgmt Change : 11/07/2017 05:02:47
Dot1Q Ethertype : 0x8100 QinQ Ethertype : 0x8100
Split Horizon Group: (Not Specified)
Admin MTU : 1518 Oper MTU : 1518
Ingr IP Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IP Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a Egr Mac Fltr-Id : n/a
Ingr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a Egr IPv6 Fltr-Id : n/a
BGP IPv4 FlowSpec : Disabled
BGP IPv6 FlowSpec : Disabled
tod-suite : None
Egr Agg Rate CIR : 0 Egr Agg Rate PIR : max
Limit Unused BW : Disabled
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Anti Spoofing : None Dynamic Hosts : Enabled
Oper Group : (none) Monitor Oper Grp : (none)
Host Lockout Plcy : n/a
Lag Link Map Prof : (none)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QOS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress qos-policy : 17 Egress qos-policy : 1
Table-based : enabled
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Policer
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rate : n/a Burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Egress Aggregate Meter
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rate : n/a Burst : n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ingress QoS Classifier Usage
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Classifiers Allocated: 60 Meters Allocated : 30
Classifiers Used : 9 Meters Used : 8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Stats: 0 0
Egress Stats: 0 0
Ingress Drop Stats: 0 0
Extra-Tag Drop Stats: n/a n/a
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap per Meter stats (in/out counter mode)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Packets Octets
Ingress Meter 1
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 2
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 3
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 4
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 5
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 6
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 7
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
Ingress Meter 8
For. InProf : 0 0
For. OutProf : 0 0
===============================================================================
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service Id |
The service identifier. |
SAP |
The SAP and qtag. |
Encap |
The encapsulation type of the SAP. |
Ethertype |
An Ethernet type II Ethertype value. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of the SAP. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the SAP. |
Flags |
The conditions that affect the operating status of this SAP. Display output includes: ServiceAdminDown, SapAdminDown, InterfaceAdminDown, PortOperDown, L2OperDown, RelearnLimitExceeded, ParentIfAdminDown, TodResourceUnavail, TodMssResourceUnavail, SapParamMismatch, SapIngressNamedPoolMismatch, SapEgressNamedPoolMismatch, NoSapEpipeRingNode |
Last Status Change |
The time of the most recent operating status change to this SAP |
Last Mgmt Change |
The time of the most recent management-initiated change to this SAP. |
Ingress qos-policy |
The ingress QoS policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
Ingress Filter-Id |
The ingress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
Egress Filter-Id |
The egress filter policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
Acct. Pol |
The accounting policy ID assigned to the SAP. |
Collect Stats |
Whether collect stats is enabled. |
SAP per Meter stats |
|
Ingress Meter |
The meter ID. |
For. InProf |
The number of in-profile packets and octets (rate below CIR) forwarded. |
For. OutProf |
The number of out-of-profile packets and octets. (rate above CIR and below PIR) forwarded by the ingress meter. |
Ingress TD Profile |
The profile ID applied to the ingress SAP. |
Egress TD Profile |
The profile ID applied to the egress SAP. |
Alarm Cell Handling |
The indication that OAM cells are being processed. |
AAL-5 Encap |
The AAL-5 encapsulation type. |
Aggregate Policer |
rate-indicates the rate of the aggregate policer. burst-indicates the burst-size of the aggregate policer. |
Loopback Mode |
The Ethernet port loopback mode |
Loopback Src Addr |
The configured loopback source address |
Loopback Dst Addr |
The configured loopback destination address |
No-svc-port used |
The port ID of the port on which no service is configured. This port is used for the port loop back with MAC swap functionality. |
Table-based |
The use of table-based resource classification: Enabled (table-based) or Disabled (CAM-based) |
sdp
Syntax
sdp [sdp-id | far-end ip-addr] [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information for the SDPs associated with the service. If no optional parameters are specified, a summary of all associated SDPs is displayed.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Displays only information for the specified SDP ID.
- far-end ip-addr
Displays only SDPs matching with the specified far-end IP address.
- detail
Displays detailed SDP information.
Output
The following output is an example of service SDP information, and Output fields: service ID SDP describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:Dut-A>show>service>id# sdp 1217:305
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 1217:305)
===============================================================================
SdpId Type IP address Adm Opr I.Lbl E.Lbl
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1217:305 Spok 10.20.1.2 Up Up 130506 130516
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A>show>service>id# sdp 1217:305 detail
A:Dut-A>show>service>id#
===============================================================================
Service Destination Point (Sdp Id : 1217:305) Details
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sdp Id 1217:305 -(10.20.1.2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Description : Default sdp description
SDP Id : 1217:305 Type : Spoke
VC Type : Ether VC Tag : n/a
Admin Path MTU : 0 Oper Path MTU : 9186
Far End : 10.20.1.2 Delivery : MPLS
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Acct. Pol : None Collect Stats : Disabled
Managed by Service : 300 Prune State : Not Pruned
Managed by Spoke : 1217:300
Ingress Label : 130506 Egress Label : 130516
Admin ControlWord : Not Preferred Oper ControlWord : False
Last Status Change : 07/07/2009 18:49:40 Signaling : TLDP
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14 Force Vlan-Vc : Disabled
Last Mgmt Change : 07/07/2009 14:39:14
Flags : None
Peer Pw Bits : None
Peer Fault Ip : None
Max Nbr of MAC Addr: No Limit Total MAC Addr : 0
Learned MAC Addr : 0 Static MAC Addr : 0
MAC Learning : Enabled Discard Unkwn Srce: Disabled
MAC Aging : Enabled
L2PT Termination : Disabled BPDU Translation : Disabled
MAC Pinning : Disabled
KeepAlive Information :
Admin State : Enabled Oper State : Alive
Hello Time : 10 Hello Msg Len : 0
Max Drop Count : 3 Hold Down Time : 10
Statistics :
I. Fwd. Pkts. : 13601 I. Fwd. Octs. : 10676338
E. Fwd. Pkts. : 83776987 E. Fwd. Octets : 51589499116
Associated LSP LIST :
Lsp Name : A_B_17
Admin State : Up Oper State : Up
Time Since Last Tr*: 08h31m06s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stp Service Destination Point specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mac Move : Blockable
Stp Admin State : Down Stp Oper State : Down
Core Connectivity : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of SDPs : 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
===============================================================================
* indicates that the corresponding row element may have been truncated.
A:Dut-A>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Sdp Id |
The SDP identifier. |
Type |
Whether the SDP is spoke. |
VC Type |
The VC type: ether, vlan, or vpls. |
VC Tag |
The explicit dot1Q value used when encapsulating to the SDP far end. |
I. Lbl |
The VC label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by the SDP. |
Admin Path MTU |
The operating path MTU of the SDP is equal to the admin path MTU (when one is set) or the dynamically computed tunnel MTU, when no admin path MTU is set (the default case.) |
Oper Path MTU |
The actual largest service frame size (in octets) that can be transmitted through this SDP to the far-end router, without requiring the packet to be fragmented. |
Far End |
The IP address of the remote end of the MPLS tunnel defined by this SDP. |
Delivery |
The type of delivery used by the SDP: MPLS. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of this SDP. |
Oper State |
The current status of the SDP. |
Ingress Label |
The label used by the far-end device to send packets to this device in this service by this SDP. |
Egress Label |
The label used by this device to send packets to the far-end device in this service by the SDP. |
Last Changed |
The date and time of the most recent change to the SDP. |
Signaling |
The signaling protocol used to obtain the ingress and egress labels used in frames transmitted and received on this SDP. |
Admin State |
The administrative state of the Keepalive process. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the Keepalive process. |
split-horizon-group
Syntax
split-horizon-group [group-name]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays service split horizon groups.
stp
Syntax
stp [detail]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information for the spanning tree protocol instance for the service.
Parameters
- detail
Displays more information.
Output
The following outputs are examples of STP information, and Output fields: STP describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:Dut-A>show>service>id# stp
===============================================================================
Stp info, Service 305
===============================================================================
Bridge Id : 00:0d.00:20:ab:cd:00:01 Top. Change Count : 5
Root Bridge : This Bridge Stp Oper State : Up
Primary Bridge : N/A Topology Change : Inactive
Mode : Rstp Last Top. Change : 0d 08:35:16
Vcp Active Prot. : N/A
Root Port : N/A External RPC : 0
===============================================================================
Stp port info
===============================================================================
Sap/Sdp Id Oper- Port- Port- Port- Oper- Link- Active
State Role State Num Edge Type Prot.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/16:305 Up Designated Forward 2048 False Pt-pt Rstp
lag-4:305 Up Designated Forward 2000 False Pt-pt Rstp
1217:305 Up N/A Forward 2049 N/A Pt-pt N/A
1317:305 Up N/A Forward 2050 N/A Pt-pt N/A
1417:305 Up N/A Forward 2051 N/A Pt-pt N/A
1617:305 Pruned N/A Discard 2052 N/A Pt-pt N/A
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A>show>service>id#
A:Dut-A>show>service>id# stp detail
===============================================================================
Spanning Tree Information
===============================================================================
VPLS Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state : Up Core Connectivity : Down
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Up
Mode : Rstp Vcp Active Prot. : N/A
Bridge Id : 00:0d.00:20:ab:cd:00:01 Bridge Instance Id: 13
Bridge Priority : 0 Tx Hold Count : 6
Topology Change : Inactive Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change : 0d 08:35:29 Bridge Max Age : 20
Top. Change Count : 5 Bridge Fwd Delay : 15
MST region revision: 0 Bridge max hops : 20
MST region name :
Root Bridge : This Bridge
Primary Bridge : N/A
Root Path Cost : 0 Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time : 2 Root Max Age : 20
Root Priority : 13 Root Port : N/A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Sap/Spoke SDP Specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP Identifier : 1/1/16:305 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Designated Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : PVST
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Rstp
Last BPDU from : 80:04.00:0a:1b:2c:3d:4e
CIST Desig Bridge : This Bridge Designated Port : 34816
Forward transitions: 5 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 29 RST BPDUs tx : 23488
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
SAP Identifier : lag-4:305 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Designated Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2000 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Rstp
Last BPDU from : 80:04.00:0a:1b:2c:3d:4e
CIST Desig Bridge : This Bridge Designated Port : 34768
Forward transitions: 4 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 23 RST BPDUs tx : 23454
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 0
SDP Identifier : 1217:305 Stp Admin State : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
SDP Identifier : 1317:305 Stp Admin State : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2050 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
SDP Identifier : 1417:305 Stp Admin State : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2051 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 1 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
SDP Identifier : 1617:305 Stp Admin State : Down
Port Role : N/A Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2052 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : N/A
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : N/A
Last BPDU from : N/A
Designated Bridge : N/A Designated Port Id: 0
Fwd Transitions : 0 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
===============================================================================
A:Dut-A>show>service>id#
*7210-SAS>show>service>id# stp detail
===============================================================================
Spanning Tree Information
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS Spanning Tree Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VPLS oper state : Up Core Connectivity : Down
Stp Admin State : Up Stp Oper State : Up
Mode : Mstp Vcp Active Prot. : N/A
Bridge Id : 80:00.00:25:ba:04:66:a0 Bridge Instance Id: 0
Bridge Priority : 32768 Tx Hold Count : 6
Topology Change : Inactive Bridge Hello Time : 2
Last Top. Change : 0d 02:54:16 Bridge Max Age : 20
Top. Change Count : 27 Bridge Fwd Delay : 15
Root Bridge : 40:00.7c:20:64:ac:ff:63
Primary Bridge : N/A
Root Path Cost : 10 Root Forward Delay: 15
Rcvd Hello Time : 2 Root Max Age : 20
Root Priority : 16384 Root Port : 2048
MSTP info for CIST :
Regional Root : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Root Port : 2048
Internal RPC : 10 Remaining Hopcount: 19
MSTP info for MSTI 1 :
Regional Root : This Bridge Root Port : N/A
Internal RPC : 0 Remaining Hopcount: 20
MSTP info for MSTI 2 :
Regional Root : 00:02.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Root Port : 2048
Internal RPC : 10 Remaining Hopcount: 19
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spanning Tree Sap Specifics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAP Identifier : 1/1/7:0 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Root Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2048 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Mstp
Last BPDU from : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Inside Mst Region : True
CIST Desig Bridge : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34816
MSTI 1 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 1 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34816
MSTI 2 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 2 Desig Brid : 00:02.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34816
Forward transitions: 17 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 7310 MST BPDUs tx : 7277
SAP Identifier : 1/1/8:0 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Alternate Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2049 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Mstp
Last BPDU from : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Inside Mst Region : True
CIST Desig Bridge : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34817
MSTI 1 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 1 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34817
MSTI 2 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 2 Desig Brid : 00:02.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34817
Forward transitions: 14 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 7326 MST BPDUs tx : 7307
SAP Identifier : 1/1/9:0 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Designated Port State : Forwarding
Port Number : 2050 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : True
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Mstp
Last BPDU from : N/A Inside Mst Region : True
CIST Desig Bridge : This Bridge Designated Port : 34818
MSTI 1 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 1 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34818
MSTI 2 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 2 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34818
Forward transitions: 2 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 0 MST BPDUs tx : 7415
SAP Identifier : 1/1/25:0 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Alternate Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2051 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Mstp
Last BPDU from : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Inside Mst Region : True
CIST Desig Bridge : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34820
MSTI 1 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 1 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34819
MSTI 2 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 2 Desig Brid : 00:02.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34820
Forward transitions: 10 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 7329 MST BPDUs tx : 7303
SAP Identifier : lag-1:0 Stp Admin State : Up
Port Role : Alternate Port State : Discarding
Port Number : 2052 Port Priority : 128
Port Path Cost : 10 Auto Edge : Enabled
Admin Edge : Disabled Oper Edge : False
Link Type : Pt-pt BPDU Encap : Dot1d
Root Guard : Disabled Active Protocol : Mstp
Last BPDU from : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Inside Mst Region : True
CIST Desig Bridge : 80:00.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34822
MSTI 1 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 1 Desig Brid : This Bridge Designated Port : 34820
MSTI 2 Port Prio : 128 Port Path Cost : 10
MSTI 2 Desig Brid : 00:02.7c:20:64:ad:04:5f Designated Port : 34822
Forward transitions: 11 Bad BPDUs rcvd : 0
Cfg BPDUs rcvd : 0 Cfg BPDUs tx : 0
TCN BPDUs rcvd : 0 TCN BPDUs tx : 0
RST BPDUs rcvd : 0 RST BPDUs tx : 0
MST BPDUs rcvd : 7322 MST BPDUs tx : 7299
===============================================================================
Sample output for 7210 SAS
*A:SAS>show>service>id# stp mst-instance 2
===============================================================================
MSTP specific info for service 5 MSTI 2
===============================================================================
Regional Root : N/A Root Port : N/A
Internal RPC : 0 Remaining Hopcount: 20
==================================================================
MSTP port info for MSTI 2
==================================================================
Sap/Sdp Id Oper- Port- Port- Port- Same
State Role State Num Region
------------------------------------------------------------------
No data found.
==================================================================
*A:SAS>show>service>id#
Sample output with MSTP information:
*A:SAS>show>service>id# stp mst-instance 2
===============================================================================
MSTP specific info for service 5 MSTI 2
===============================================================================
Regional Root : N/A Root Port : N/A
Internal RPC : 0 Remaining Hopcount: 20
==================================================================
MSTP port info for MSTI 2
==================================================================
Sap/Sdp Id Oper- Port- Port- Port- Same
State Role State Num Region
------------------------------------------------------------------
No data found.
==================================================================
*A:SAS>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Bridge-id |
The MAC address used to identify this bridge in the network. |
Bridge fwd delay |
How fast a bridge changes its state when moving toward the forwarding state. |
Bridge Hello time |
The amount of time between the transmission of Configuration BPDUs. |
Bridge max age |
The maximum age of Spanning Tree Protocol information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded. This is the actual value that this bridge is currently using. |
Bridge priority |
The priority of the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service. |
Topology change |
Whether a topology change is currently in progress. |
Last Top. change |
The time (in hundredths of a second) since the last time a topology change was detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service. |
Top. change count |
The total number of topology changes detected by the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service since the management entity was last reset or initialized. |
Root bridge-id |
The bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as determined by the Spanning Tree Protocol instance associated with this service. This value is used as the Root Identifier parameter in all Configuration BPDUs originated by this node. |
Root path cost |
The cost of the path to the root bridge as seen from this bridge. |
Root forward delay |
How fast the root changes its state when moving toward the forwarding state. |
Root hello time |
The amount of time between the transmission of configuration BPDUs. |
Root max age |
The maximum age of Spanning Tree Protocol information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded. |
Root priority |
The priority of the bridge that is currently selected as root-bridge for the network. |
Root port |
The port number of the port which provides the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge. |
SAP Identifier |
The ID of the access port where this SAP is defined. |
BPDU encap |
The type of encapsulation used on BPDUs sent out and received on this SAP. |
Port Number |
The value of the port number field which is contained in the least significant 12 bits of the 16-bit port ID associated with this SAP. |
Priority |
The value of the port priority field which is contained in the most significant 4 bits of the 16-bit port ID associated with this SAP. |
Cost |
The contribution of this port to the path cost of paths toward the spanning tree root which include this port. |
Designated Port |
The port identifier of the port on the designated bridge for this port's segment. |
Designated Bridge |
The bridge identifier of the bridge which this port considers to be the designated bridge for this port's segment. |
dhcp
Syntax
dhcp
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context display DHCP information for the specified service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id]
statistics [sdp sdp-id:vc-id] (not supported in access-uplink operating mode)
statistics [interface interface-name]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays DHCP statistics information.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP identifier.
- interface interface-name
Displays information for the specified IP interface.
Output
The following output is an example of DHCP statistics information, and Output fields: DHCP statistics describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210SAS>show>service>id>dhcp# statistics
====================================================================
DHCP Global Statistics, service 1
====================================================================
Rx Packets : 416554
Tx Packets : 206405
Rx Malformed Packets : 0
Rx Untrusted Packets : 0
Client Packets Discarded : 0
Client Packets Relayed : 221099
Client Packets Snooped : 0
Client Packets Proxied (RADIUS) : 0
Client Packets Proxied (Lease-Split) : 0
Server Packets Discarded : 0
Server Packets Relayed : 195455
Server Packets Snooped : 0
DHCP RELEASEs Spoofed : 0
DHCP FORCERENEWs Spoofed : 0
====================================================================
*A:7210SAS>show>service>id>dhcp#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Received Packets |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients. Includes DHCP packets received from both DHCP client and DHCP server. |
Transmitted Packets |
The number of packets transmitted to the DHCP clients. Includes DHCP packets transmitted from both DHCP client and DHCP server. |
Received Malformed Packets |
The number of corrupted/invalid packets received from the DHCP clients. Includes DHCP packets received from both DHCP client and DHCP server |
Received Untrusted Packets |
The number of untrusted packets received from the DHCP clients. In this case, a frame is dropped because the client sending a DHCP packet with Option 82 filled in before ‟trust” is set under the DHCP interface command. |
Client Packets Discarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were discarded. |
Client Packets Relayed |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were forwarded. |
Client Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCP clients that were snooped. |
Server Packets Discarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were discarded. |
Server Packets Relayed |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were forwarded. |
Server Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCP server that were snooped. |
summary
Syntax
summary [interface interface-name]
Context
show>service>id>dhcp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays DHCP configuration summary information.
Parameters
- interface interface-name
Displays information for the specified IP interface.
Output
The following output is an example of summary DHCP information, and Output fields: DHCP summary describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:7210SAS# show service id 1 dhcp summary
DHCP Summary, service 1
=======================================================================
Interface Name Arp Used/ Info Admin
SapId/Sdp Populate Provided Option State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
egr_1 No 0/0 Replace Up
i_1 No 0/0 Replace Up
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interfaces: 2
=======================================================================
*A:7210SAS>show>service>id>dhcp#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Interface Name |
The name of the router interface. |
Arp Populate |
Whether or not ARP populate is enabled. 7210 SAS does not support ARP populate. |
Used/Provided |
7210 SAS does not maintain lease state. |
Info Option |
Whether Option 82 processing is enabled on the interface. |
Admin State |
The administrative state. |
dhcp6
Syntax
dhcp6
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
Commands in this context display DHCPv6 information for the specified service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics
statistics [interface interface-name]
statistics sap sap-id
statistics sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context
show>service>id>dhcp6
Platforms
7210 SAS-Mxp and 7210 SAS-Sx/S 1/10GE (standalone)
Description
This command displays DHCPv6 statistics information.
Parameters
- interface-name
-
Displays information for the specified IP interface, up to 32 characters.
- sap-id
-
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition.
- sdp-id:vc-id
-
Specifies the SDP identifier.
Output
The following output is an example of DHCPv6 statistics information, and Output fields: DHCPv6 statistics describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210# show service id 100 dhcp6 statistics sap 1/1/6
=====================================================
DHCP6 Statistics, service 100 Sap 1/1/6
=====================================================
Client Packets Snooped : 0
Client Packets Forwarded : 0
Client Packets Dropped : 0
Server Packets Snooped : 0
Server Packets Forwarded : 0
Server Packets Dropped : 0
Invalid Packets Dropped : 0
=====================================================
*A:7210#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Client Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 clients that were snooped by the node |
Client Packets Forwarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 clients that were forwarded by the node |
Client Packets Dropped |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 clients that were discarded by the node |
Server Packets Snooped |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 server that were snooped by the node |
Server Packets Forwarded |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 server that were forwarded by the node |
Server Packets Dropped |
The number of packets received from the DHCPv6 server that were discarded by the node |
Invalid Packets Dropped |
The number of corrupted/invalid packets received from the DHCPv6 clients that were discarded by the node |
IGMP snooping show commands
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context display IGMP snooping information.
all
Syntax
all
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays detailed information for all aspects of IGMP snooping on the VPLS service.
Output
The following outputs are examples of detailed IGMP snooping information, and Output fields: IGMP snooping all describes the output fields.
Sample output*Sample output (7210 SAS-T in network mode)
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping# all
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 2
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Down
Querier : No querier found
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp Oper MRtr Send Max MVR Num
Id State Port Queries Grps From-VPLS Grps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/1 Up No No None 1 1
sap:1/1/4 Up No No None Local 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No querier found for this service.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter Sap/Sdp Id Up Time Expires Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Up Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Type From-VPLS Up Time Expires MC
Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.0.0.1 dynamic 1 0d 00:11:01 246s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/4 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Type From-VPLS Up Time Expires MC
Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type Received Transmitted Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries 0 0 0
Group Queries 0 0 0
V1 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Reports 68165 0 0
V2 Leaves 0 0 0
Unknown Type 0 N/A 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum : 0
Bad Encoding : 0
No Router Alert : 0
Zero Source IP : 0
Wrong Version : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets : 0
Send Query Cfg Drops : 0
Import Policy Drops : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCS Failures : 0
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 68129
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops : 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Admin State : Down
MVR Admin State : Down
MVR Policy : None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id Sap/Sdp Oper From Num Local
Id State VPLS Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 sap:1/1/1 Up 1 0
2 sap:1/1/4 Up Local 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id Sap/Sdp Oper From Num MVR
Id State VPLS Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No MVR SAPs found.
===============================================================================
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping#
Sample output for 7210 SAS in
access-uplink mode
A:7210-SAS>show>service>id# igmp-snooping all
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping info for service 1
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Base info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Admin State : Up
Querier : 10.1.1.1 on SAP 1/1/1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap/Sdp Oper MRtr Send Max Max Num
Id State Port Queries Grps Srcs Grps
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
sap:1/1/1 Up Yes No None None 0
sap:1/1/2 Up No No None None 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Querier info
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sap Id : 1/1/1
IP Address : 10.1.1.1
Expires : 255s
Up Time : 0d 16:51:04
Version : 2
General Query Interval : 125s
Query Response Interval : 10.0s
Robust Count : 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MRouter Sap/Sdp Id Up Time Expires Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.1 1/1/1 0d 16:51:14 255s 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Mode Up Time Num Sources
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.0.0.2 exclude 0d 16:51:14 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/1 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Mode Type Up Time Expires Num
Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/2 Port-DB
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Address Mode Type Up Time Expires Num
Src
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.0.0.2 exclude dynamic 0d 16:51:17 259s 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Source Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Message Type Received Transmitted Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries 811311 0 811311
Group Queries 0 0 0
Group-Source Queries 0 0 0
V1 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Reports 18030 11928 0
V3 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Leaves 0 0 0
Unknown Type 0 N/A 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum : 0
Bad Encoding : 0
No Router Alert : 0
Zero Source IP : 0
Wrong Version : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets : 0
Send Query Cfg Drops : 0
Import Policy Drops : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
Exceeded Max Num Sources : 0
===============================================================================
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Admin State |
The administrative state of the IGMP instance. |
Querier |
The address of the IGMP querier on the IP subnet to which the interface is attached. |
Sap or SDP Id |
The SAP or SDP IDs of the service ID. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the SAP or SDP IDs of the service ID. |
Mrtr Port |
Displays if the port is a multicast router port. |
Send Queries |
Whether the send-queries command is enabled or disabled. |
Max Num Groups |
The maximum number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP. |
MVR From VPLS |
Specifies MVR from VPLS. |
Num MVR Groups |
The actual number of multicast groups that can be joined on this SAP or SDP. |
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops |
The from VPLS drop count. |
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops |
The to SAP drop count. |
MVR Admin State |
The administrative state of MVR. |
MVR Policy |
The MVR policy name. |
mfib
Syntax
mfib [brief] [ip | mac] brief
mfib [group grp-address]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays the multicast FIB on the VPLS service.
Parameters
- brief
Displays a brief output.
- group grp grp-address
Displays the multicast FIB for a specific multicast group address.
Output
The following output is an example of multicast FIB information, and Output fields: MFIB describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:SAS# show service id 1 mfib
===============================================================================
Multicast FIB, Service 1
===============================================================================
Group Address Sap/Sdp Id Svc Id Fwd/Blk
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.0.0.4 sap:1/1/1 Local Fwd
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of entries: 1
==============================================================================
A:7210-SAS>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Group Address |
The IPv4 multicast group address. |
SAP ID |
The SAP/SDP to which the corresponding multicast stream is forwarded/blocked. |
Forwarding/Blocking |
Whether the corresponding multicast stream is blocked/forwarded. |
Number of Entries |
The number of entries in the MFIB. |
Forwarded Packets |
The number of multicast packets forwarded for the corresponding source/group. |
Forwarded Octets |
The number of octets forwarded for the corresponding source/group. |
Svc ID |
The service to which the corresponding multicast stream is forwarded/blocked. Local means that the multicast stream is forwarded/blocked to a SAP or SDP local to the service. |
mrouters
Syntax
mrouters [detail]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays all multicast routers.
Parameters
- detail
Displays detailed information.
Output
The following output is an example of multicast router information, and Output fields: IGMP-snooping Mrouters describes the output fields.
Sample outputA:7210-SAS>show>service>id# igmp-snooping mrouters
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast Routers for service 1
===============================================================================
MRouter Sap/Sdp Id Up Time Expires Version
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1.1.1 1/1/1 0d 16:53:44 254s 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of mrouters: 1
===============================================================================
A:7210-SAS>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
MRouter |
The multicast router port. |
Sap/Sdp Id |
The SAP and SDP ID multicast router ports. |
Up Time |
The length of time the mrouter has been up. |
Expires |
The amount of time left before the query interval expires. |
Version |
The configured version of IGMP running on this interface. |
Number of Mrouters |
The number of multicast routers. |
mvr
Syntax
mvr
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays Multicast VPLS Registration (MVR) information.
Output
The following output is an example of MVR information, and Output fields: MVR describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping# mvr
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Multicast VPLS Registration info for service 2
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Admin State : Down
MVR Admin State : Down
MVR Policy : None
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local SAPs/SDPs
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id Sap/Sdp Oper From Num Local
Id State VPLS Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 sap:1/1/1 Up 1 0
2 sap:1/1/4 Up Local 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MVR SAPs (from-vpls=2)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Svc Id Sap/Sdp Oper From Num MVR
Id State VPLS Groups
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No MVR SAPs found.
===============================================================================
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
MVR Admin State |
The Administrative state. |
MVR Policy |
The Policy name. |
Svc ID |
The service identifier. |
Sap/Sdp Id |
The SAP and SDP IDs of the service ID. |
Oper State |
The operational state of the SAP and SDP IDs of the svcid. |
Mrtr Port |
If the port is a multicast router port. |
From VPLS |
Displays from which VPLS the multicast streams corresponding to the groups learned via this SAP are copied. If local, it is from its own VPLS. |
Num Groups |
The number of groups learned via this local SAP. |
port-db
Syntax
port-db sap sap-id [detail]
port-db sap sap-id group grp-address
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [detail]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id group grp-address
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information about the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
- group grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific multicast group address.
- sap sap-id
Displays the IGMP snooping port database for a specific SAP. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- sdp sdp-id
Displays only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke-SDP. For a spoke-SDP, the VC ID must be specified, for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information.
Output
The following output is an example of IGMP snooping port database information, and Output fields: port database describes the output fields.
Sample output for 7210 SAS in network mode*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping# port-db sap 1/1/1
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/1 Port-DB for service 2
===============================================================================
Group Address Type From-VPLS Up Time Expires MC
Stdby
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.0.0.1 dynamic 1 0d 00:15:57 246s
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping#
===============================================================
*A:MTU-7210#
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping# port-db sap 1/1/1 detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping SAP 1/1/1 Port-DB for service 2
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 224.0.0.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type : dynamic
Up Time : 0d 00:14:30 Expires : 259s
Compat Mode : IGMP Version 2
V1 Host Expires : 0s V2 Host Expires : 259s
MVR From-VPLS : 1 MVR To-SAP : 1/1/4
MC Standby : no
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 1
===============================================================================
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>i
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Group Address |
The IP multicast group address for which this entry contains information. |
Mode |
The type of membership reports received on the interface for the group. In the include mode, reception of packets sent to the specified multicast address is requested only from those IP source addresses listed in the source-list parameter of the IGMP membership report. In exclude mode, reception of packets sent to the specific multicast address is requested from all IP source addresses except those listed in the source-list parameter. |
Type |
How this group entry was learned. If this group entry was learned by IGMP, the value is set to dynamic. For statically configured groups, the value is set to static. |
Compatibility mode |
The IGMP mode. This is used in order for routers to be compatible with earlier version routers. IGMPv3 hosts must operate in Version 1 and Version 2 compatibility modes. IGMPv3 hosts must keep state per local interface regarding the compatibility mode of each attached network. A host's compatibility mode is determined from the host compatibility mode variable which can be in one of three states: IGMPv1, IGMPv2 or IGMPv3. This variable is kept per interface and is dependent on the version of general queries heard on that interface as well as the earlier version querier present timers for the interface. |
V1 host expires |
The time remaining until the local router assumes that there are no longer any IGMP Version 1 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface. Upon hearing any IGMPv1 membership report, this value is reset to the group membership timer. While this time remaining is non-zero, the local router ignores any IGMPv2 leave messages for this group that it receives on this interface. |
V2 host expires |
The time remaining until the local router assumes that there are no longer any IGMP Version 2 members on the IP subnet attached to this interface. Upon hearing any IGMPv2 membership report, this value is reset to the group membership timer. While this time remaining is non-zero, the local router ignores any IGMPv3 leave messages for this group that it receives on this interface. |
Source address |
The source address for which this entry contains information. |
Up Time |
The time since the source group entry was created. |
Expires |
The amount of time remaining before this entry is aged out. |
Number of sources |
The number of IGMP group and source specific queries received on this SAP. |
Forwarding/Blocking |
Whether this entry is on the forward list or block list. |
Number of groups |
The number of groups configured for this SAP. |
From VPLS |
Displays from which VPLS the multicast streams corresponding to the groups learned via this SAP are copied. If local, it is from its own VPLS. |
proxy-db
Syntax
proxy-db [detail]
proxy-db group grp-address
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information about the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
- group grp-ip-address
Displays the IGMP snooping proxy reporting database for a specific multicast group address.
Output
The following output is an example of proxy reporting database information, and Output fields: proxy database describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210# show service id 100 igmp-snooping proxy-db
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 100
===============================================================================
Group Address Up Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.7.7.7 0d 00:05:30
239.7.7.8 0d 00:05:30
239.8.8.8 0d 00:03:42
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 3
===============================================================================
*A:7210#
*A:T2# show service id 100 igmp-snooping proxy-db detail
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 100
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 239.7.7.7
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:05:43
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 239.7.7.8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:05:43
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Group 239.8.8.8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up Time : 0d 00:03:55
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 3
===============================================================================
*A:7210#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Group Address |
The IP multicast group address for which this entry contains information. |
Mode |
The type of membership reports received on the interface for the group. In the include mode, reception of packets sent to the specified multicast address is requested only from those IP source addresses listed in the source-list parameter of the IGMP membership report. |
In the ‟exclude” mode, reception of packets sent to the specific multicast address is requested from all IP source addresses except those listed in the source-list parameter. |
|
Up Time |
The total operational time in seconds. |
Number of groups |
The number of IGMP groups. |
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information about the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.
Output
The following output is an example of IGMP snooping querier information, and Output fields: querier describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210# show service id 100 igmp-snooping querier
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Querier info for service 100
===============================================================================
Sap Id : 1/1/1
IP Address : 10.10.9.9
Expires : 24s
Up Time : 0d 00:05:20
Version : 2
General Query Interval : 10s
Query Response Interval : 10.0s
Robust Count : 2
===============================================================================
*A:7210#
*A:T2# show service id 100 igmp-snooping proxy-db
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Proxy-reporting DB for service 100
===============================================================================
Group Address Up Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
239.7.7.7 0d 00:05:30
239.7.7.8 0d 00:05:30
239.8.8.8 0d 00:03:42
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of groups: 3
===============================================================================
*A:T2#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
SAP Id |
The SAP ID of the service. |
IP address |
The IP address of the querier. |
Expires |
The time left, in seconds, that the query expires. |
Up time |
The length of time the query has been enabled. |
Version |
The configured version of IGMP. |
General Query Interval |
The frequency at which host-query packets are transmitted. |
Query Response Interval |
The time to wait to receive a response to the host-query message from the host. |
Robust Count |
The value used to calculate several IGMP message intervals. |
static
Syntax
static [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays information about static IGMP snooping source groups for the VPLS service.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Displays static IGMP snooping source groups for a specific SAP. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- sdp sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping source groups for a specific spoke or mesh SDP. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
Output
The following output is an example of static IGMP snooping source group information, and Output fields: static describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:7210# show service id 100 igmp-snooping static
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Static Groups for service 100
===============================================================================
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IGMP Snooping Static Groups for SAP 1/1/2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
228.8.8.8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Static (*,G) entries: 1
===============================================================================
*A:7210#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Source |
Displays the IP source address used in IGMP queries. |
Group |
Displays the static IGMP snooping source groups for a specified SAP. |
statistics
Syntax
statistics [sap sap-id | sdp sdp-id:vc-id]
Context
show>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays IGMP snooping statistics for the VPLS service.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Displays IGMP snooping statistics for a specific SAP. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- sdp sdp-id
Displays the IGMP snooping statistics for a specific spoke or mesh SDP. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to display information. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
Output
The following outputs are examples of IGMP snooping statistics information, and Output Fields: IGMP-snooping statistics describes the output fields.
Sample output for 7210 SAS in network mode*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping# statistics
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Statistics for service 2
===============================================================================
Message Type Received Transmitted Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries 0 0 0
Group Queries 0 0 0
V1 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Reports 142207 0 0
V2 Leaves 0 0 0
Unknown Type 0 N/A 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum : 0
Bad Encoding : 0
No Router Alert : 0
Zero Source IP : 0
Wrong Version : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets : 0
Send Query Cfg Drops : 0
Import Policy Drops : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
MCS Failures : 0
MVR From VPLS Cfg Drops : 142130
MVR To SAP Cfg Drops : 0
===============================================================================
*A:7210-SAS>show>service>id>igmp-snooping#
Sample output for 7210 SAS-T in access-uplink mode
A:7210-SAS>show>service>id# igmp-snooping statistics
===============================================================================
IGMP Snooping Statistics for service 1
===============================================================================
Message Type Received Transmitted Forwarded
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
General Queries 816014 0 816014
Group Queries 0 0 0
Group-Source Queries 0 0 0
V1 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Reports 18134 11991 0
V3 Reports 0 0 0
V2 Leaves 0 0 0
Unknown Type 0 N/A 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Drop Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bad Length : 0
Bad IP Checksum : 0
Bad IGMP Checksum : 0
Bad Encoding : 0
No Router Alert : 0
Zero Source IP : 0
Wrong Version : 0
Lcl-Scope Packets : 0
Send Query Cfg Drops : 0
Import Policy Drops : 0
Exceeded Max Num Groups : 0
Exceeded Max Num Sources : 0
===============================================================================
A:7210-SAS>show>service>id#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Message Type |
The column heading for IGMP or MLD snooping messages |
General Queries |
The number of general query messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
Group Queries |
The number of group query messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
Group-Source Queries |
The number of group-source query messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
V1 Reports |
The number of IGMPv1 or MLDv1 report messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
V2 Reports |
The number of IGMPv2 or MLDv2 report messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
V3 Reports |
(IGMP only) The number of IGMPv3 report messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
V2 Leaves |
(IGMP only) The number of IGMP leave messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
Unknown Type |
The number of unknown type messages received, transmitted, and forwarded |
Drop Statistics |
|
Bad Length |
The number of packets dropped due to bad length |
Bad IP Checksum |
(IGMP only) The number of packets dropped due to a bad IP checksum |
Bad IGMP Checksum |
The number of packets dropped due to a bad IGMP checksum |
Bad Encoding |
The number of packets dropped due to bad encoding |
No Router Alert |
The number of packets dropped because there was no router alert |
Zero Source IP |
The number of packets dropped due to a source IP address of 0.0.0.0 or 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 |
Wrong Version |
The number of packets dropped due to a wrong version of IGMP or MLD |
Send Query Cfg Drops |
The number of messages dropped because of send query configuration errors |
Import Policy Drops |
The number of messages dropped because of import policy |
Exceeded Max Num Groups |
The number of packets dropped because the maximum number of groups has been exceeded |
Exceeded Max Num Sources |
The number of packets dropped because the maximum number of sources has been exceeded |
endpoint
Syntax
endpoint [endpoint-name]
Context
show>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command displays service endpoint information.
Parameters
- endpoint-name
Specifies an endpoint name created in the config>service>vpls context.
Output
The following output is an example of service endpoint information, and Output fields: service ID endpoint describes the output fields.
Sample output*A:Dut-B# show service id 1 endpoint
===============================================================================
Service 1 endpoints
===============================================================================
Endpoint name : mcep-t1
Description : (Not Specified)
Revert time : 0
Act Hold Delay : 0
Ignore Standby Signaling : false
Suppress Standby Signaling : false
Block On Mesh Fail : true
Psv Mode Active : No
Tx Active : 231:1
Tx Active Up Time : 0d 00:06:57
Revert Time Count Down : N/A
Tx Active Change Count : 5
Last Tx Active Change : 02/13/2009 22:08:33
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Members
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Spoke-sdp: 221:1 Prec:1 Oper Status: Up
Spoke-sdp: 231:1 Prec:2 Oper Status: Up
===============================================================================
*A:Dut-B#
Label |
Description |
---|---|
Service endpoints |
|
Endpoint name |
The endpoint name. |
Revert time |
The revert time setting for the active spoke SDP. |
Act Hold Delay |
Not applicable |
Ignore Standby Signaling |
Whether standby signaling is ignored. True: standby signaling is ignored False: standby signaling is not ignored |
Suppress Standby Signaling |
Whether standby signaling is suppressed. True: standby signaling is suppressed False: standby signaling is not suppressed |
Tx Active |
The actively transmitting spoke SDP. |
Tx Active Up Time |
The length of time that the active spoke SDP has been up. |
Revert Time Count Down |
Not applicable |
Tx Active Change Count |
The number of times that there has been a change of active spoke SDPs. |
Last Tx Active Change |
The date and time when a different spoke SDP became the actively transmitting spoke SDP. |
Members |
|
Spoke-sdp |
The primary and secondary spoke SDPs that are associated with this endpoint and shows their precedence value (0 precedence indicates the primary spoke SDP). |
VPLS clear commands
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
clear>service
clear>service>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears commands for a specific service.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.
statistics
Syntax
statistics
Context
clear>service>stats
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears session statistics for this service.
fdb
Syntax
fdb {all | mac ieee-address | sap sap-id] | mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] | spoke-sdp sdp-id:vc-id}
Context
clear>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears FDB entries for the service.
Parameters
- all
Clears all FDB entries.
- mac ieee-address
Clears only FDB entries in the FDB table with the specified 48-bit MAC address. The MAC address can be expressed in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff or aa-bb-cc-dd-ee-ff where aa, bb, cc, dd, ee and ff are hexadecimal numbers. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- mesh-sdp
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified mesh SDP ID. For a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- spoke-sdp
Clears only service FDB entries associated with the specified spoke-SDP ID. For a spoke-SDP, the VC ID must be specified. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- sdp-id
Specifies the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear associated FDB entries. This parameter is not supported on 7210 SAS platforms operating in access-uplink mode.
mesh-sdp
Syntax
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] ingress-vc-label
Context
clear>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears and resets the mesh SDP bindings for the service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
Specifies the mesh SDP ID to be reset.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp | l2pt}}
Context
clear>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears and resets the spoke-SDP bindings for the service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
The spoke-SDP ID to be reset.
- vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
- all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
- stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- l2pt
Clears all L2PT statistics associated with the SDP.
sap
Syntax
sap sap-id
Context
clear>service>statistics
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears statistics for the SAP bound to the service.
Parameters
- sap-id
See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SAP.
- counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SAP.
counters
Syntax
counters
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears all traffic counters associated with the service ID.
l2pt
Syntax
l2pt
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears the l2pt statistics for this service.
mesh-sdp
Syntax
mesh-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp | mrp}
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears the statistics for a particular mesh SDP bind.
Parameters
- sdp-id[:vc-id]
sdp-id - [1..17407]
vc-id - [1..4294967295]
- all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
- stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- mrp
Clears all MRP statistics associated with the SDP.
spoke-sdp
Syntax
spoke-sdp sdp-id[:vc-id] {all | counters | stp | l2pt}
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, except those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears statistics for the spoke-SDP bound to the service.
Parameters
- sdp-id
The spoke-SDP ID for which to clear statistics.
- vc-id
The virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID to be reset.
- all
Clears all queue statistics and STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- counters
Clears all queue statistics associated with the SDP.
- stp
Clears all STP statistics associated with the SDP.
- l2pt
Clears all L2PT statistics associated with the SDP.
stp
Syntax
stp
Context
clear>service>statistics>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Clears all spanning tree statistics for the service ID.
detected-protocols
Syntax
detected-protocols {all | sap sap-id}
Context
clear>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
RSTP automatically falls back to STP mode when it receives an STP BPDU. The clear detected-protocols command forces the system to revert to the default RSTP mode on the SAP.
Parameters
- all
Clears all detected protocol statistics.
- sap-id
Clears the specified lease state SAP information. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
igmp-snooping
Syntax
igmp-snooping
Context
clear>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
Commands in this context clear IGMP snooping data.
port-db
Syntax
port-db [sap sap-id] [group grp-address]
port-db sdp sdp-id:vc-id [group grp-address]
Context
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears the information about the IGMP snooping port database for the VPLS service.
Parameters
- sap sap-id
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified SAP ID and optional encapsulation value. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
- sdp-id
Clears only IGMP snooping entries associated with the specified mesh SDP or spoke-SDP. For a spoke-SDP, the VC ID must be specified, for a mesh SDP, the VC ID is optional.
- vc-id
Specifies the virtual circuit ID on the SDP ID for which to clear information.
- group grp-address
Clears IGMP snooping statistics matching the specified group address.
querier
Syntax
querier
Context
clear>service>id>igmp-snooping
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command clears the information about the IGMP snooping queriers for the VPLS service.
VPLS debug commands
id
Syntax
id service-id
Context
debug>service
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command debugs commands for a specific service.
Parameters
- service-id
Specifies the ID that uniquely identifies a service.
event-type
Syntax
[no] event-type {config-change | svc-oper-status-change | sap-oper-status-change | sdpbind-oper-status-change}
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables a particular debugging event type.
The no form of this command disables the event type debugging.
Parameters
- config-change
Debugs configuration change events.
- svc-oper-status-change
Debugs service operational status changes.
- sap-oper-status-change
Debugs SAP operational status changes.
- sdpbind-oper-status-change
Debugs SDP operational status changes.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables debugging for a particular SAP.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the SAP ID.
stp
Syntax
stp
Context
debug>service>id
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables the context for debugging STP.
all-events
Syntax
all-events
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for all events.
bpdu
Syntax
[no] bpdu
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for received and transmitted BPDUs.
core-connectivity
Syntax
[no] core-connectivity
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for core connectivity.
exception
Syntax
[no] exception
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for exceptions.
fsm-state-changes
Syntax
[no] fsm-state-changes
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for FSM state changes.
fsm-timers
Syntax
[no] fsm-timers
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for FSM timer changes.
port-role
Syntax
[no] port-role
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for changes in port roles.
port-state
Syntax
[no] port-state
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for port states.
sap
Syntax
[no] sap sap-id
Context
debug>service>id>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for a specific SAP.
Parameters
- sap-id
Specifies the physical port identifier portion of the SAP definition. See Common CLI command descriptions for command syntax.
sdp
Syntax
[no] sdp sdp-id:vc-id
Context
debug>service>stp
Platforms
Supported on all 7210 SAS platforms as described in this document, including those operating in access-uplink mode
Description
This command enables STP debugging for a specific SDP.